OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
i
c a r O n U le
D63514GC11
Edition 1.1
June 2011
D73310
M A B Oracle BI 11g R1: Build D ฺ Repositoriesc Inc e b e Volume II - Student u Guide Q yฺ l 2 n 7 49 se o 9 18 CA u 9 nd egeฺ a y ll t i o s C ver
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Copyright © 2011, Oracle and/or it affiliates. All rights reserved.
Author Jim Sarokin
Disclaimer
Technical Contributors and Reviewers Marla Azriel Roger Bolsius Bob Ertl Alan Lee Monica Moore Kasturi Shekhar Aneel Shenker Scott Silbernick Nick Tuson Krishnan Viswanathan
This document contains proprietary information and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws. You may copy and print this document solely for your own use in an Oracle training course. The document may not be modified or altered in any way. Except where your use constitutes "fair use" under copyright law, you may not use, share, download, upload, copy, print, display, perform, reproduce, publish, license, post, transmit, or distribute this document in whole or in part without the express authorization of Oracle. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the document, please report them in writing to: Oracle University, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065 USA. This document is not warranted to be error-free. Restricted Rights Notice If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using the documentation on behalf of the United States Government, the following notice is applicable: U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS The U.S. Government’s rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these training materials are restricted by the terms of the applicable Oracle license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.
Graphic Designer Rajiv Chandrabhanu Editors
Trademark Notice
Aju Kumar Daniel Milne Richard Wallis
D ฺ c In
M A B
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
Publishers Syed Ali Giri Venugopal
i
n U le
c a r O
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Contents
1
2
Course Introduction Lesson Agenda 1-2 Instructor and Class Participants 1-3 Training Site Information 1-4 Course Audience 1-5 Course Prerequisites 1-6 Course Goal 1-7 Course Objectives 1-8 Course Methodology 1-12 Course Materials 1-13 Course Agenda 1-14 Summary 1-19
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
Repository Basics Objectives 2-2 Oracle BI Server Architecture 2-3 Oracle BI Presentation Services 2-4 Oracle BI Server 2-5 Data Sources 2-6 Oracle BI Repository 2-7 Oracle BI Administration Tool 2-8 Physical Layer 2-9 Objects in the Physical Layer 2-10 Business Model and Mapping Layer 2-11 Objects in the Business Model and Mapping Layer 2-12 Business Model Mappings 2-13 Measures 2-15 Presentation Layer 2-16 Presentation Layer Mappings 2-17 Presentation Layer Defines the User Interface 2-18 Repository Directory 2-19 Repository Modes 2-20 Publishing a Repository 2-21 Using FMW Control to Manage OBI Components 2-22 Reloading Server Metadata 2-23
i
n U le
c a r O
iii
D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Sample Analysis Processing 2-24 Summary 2-25 Practice 2-1 Overview: Exploring an Oracle BI Repository 2-26 3
Building the Physical Layer of a Repository Objectives 3-2 Physical Layer 3-3 Physical Layer Objects 3-4 Database Object 3-5 Database Object: General Properties 3-6 Database Object: Features 3-7 Connection Pool 3-9 Schema Folder 3-10 Physical Table 3-11 Physical Table Properties 3-12 Physical Column 3-14 Key Column 3-15 Physical Table: Alias 3-16 Joins 3-17 ABC Scenario 3-18 Implementation Steps 3-19 Create a New Repository File 3-20 Provide Repository Information 3-21 Select the Data Source 3-22 Select Metadata Types for Import 3-23 Select Metadata Objects for Import 3-24 Verify and Edit Connection Pool Properties 3-25 Verify Objects for Import 3-26 Verify Import in the Physical Layer 3-27 Verify Connectivity 3-28 Create Alias Tables 3-29 Define Keys and Joins 3-30 Define Keys by Using the Table Properties Dialog Box 3-31 Open the Physical Diagram 3-32 Define Foreign Key Joins 3-33 Use the Joins Manager 3-35 Design Tips for the Physical Layer 3-36 Summary 3-37 Practice 3-1 Overview: ABC Business Scenario 3-38 Practice 3-2 Overview: Gathering Information to Build an Initial Business Model 3-39
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
iv
D ฺ c In
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 3-3 Overview: Creating a Repository and Importing a Data Source 3-40 Practice 3-4 Overview: Creating Alias Tables 3-41 Practice 3-5 Overview: Defining Keys and Joins 3-42 4
Building the Business Model and Mapping Layer of a Repository Objectives 4-2 Business Model and Mapping (BMM) Layer 4-3 Objects in the Business Model and Mapping Layer 4-4 Business Model Mappings 4-5 Objects in the Business Model and Mapping Layer 4-7 Business Model Object 4-8 Logical Tables 4-9 Logical Table Sources 4-10 Logical Table Source: Column Mappings 4-11 Logical Columns 4-12 Logical Primary Keys 4-13 Logical Joins 4-14 Measures 4-15 ABC Example 4-16 Implementation Steps 4-17 1. Create the Logical Business Model 4-18 2. Create the Logical Tables and Columns 4-19 3. Define the Logical Joins 4-20 4. Modify the Logical Tables and Columns 4-21 5. Define the Measures 4-22 Design Tips 4-23 Summary 4-24 Practice 4-1 Overview: Creating the Business Model 4-25 Practice 4-2 Overview: Creating Simple Measures 4-26
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O 5
Building the Presentation Layer of a Repository Objectives 5-2 Presentation Layer 5-3 Subject Areas 5-4 Presentation Tables 5-5 Presentation Columns 5-6 Presentation Layer Mappings 5-7 Defining the User Interface in the Presentation Layer 5-8 Nesting Presentation Tables 5-9 Aliases 5-10 ABC Example 5-11 v
l
D ฺ c In
M A B
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Implementation Steps 5-12 1. Create a New Subject Area 5-13 2. Rename Tables 5-14 3. Reorder Tables 5-15 4. Delete Columns 5-16 5. Rename Columns 5-17 6. Reorder Columns 5-18 Considerations 5-19 Design Tips 5-20 Summary 5-21 Practice 5-1 Overview: Creating the Presentation Layer 5-22 6
Testing and Validating a Repository Objectives 6-2 Validating a Repository 6-3 ABC Example 6-4 Consistency Check 6-5 Checking Consistency 6-6 Consistency Check Manager 6-7 Using the validaterpd Utility to Check Repository Consistency 6-8 Marking a Business Model Available for Queries 6-9 Confirming a Consistent Repository 6-10 Publishing a Repository 6-11 Using FMW Control to Start OBI Components 6-12 Query Logging 6-13 Setting a Logging Level 6-14 Logging Levels 6-15 Validating by Using the Analysis Editor 6-16 Inspecting the Query Log 6-17 Viewing Log Messages 6-18 Oracle BI SELECT Statement: Syntax 6-19
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI SELECT Statement Compared with Standard SQL 6-20 Summary 6-21 Practice 6-1 Overview: Testing a Repository 6-22
7
Managing Logical Table Sources Objectives 7-2 Table Structures 7-3 Business Challenge 7-4 Business Solution 7-5 ABC Example: Adding Multiple Sources to a Logical Table Source (LTS) 7-6 vi
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Implementation Steps: Adding Multiple Sources to an LTS 7-7 1. Import Additional Product Tables 7-8 2. Create Aliases 7-9 3. Define Keys and Joins 7-10 4. Identify Physical Columns for Mappings 7-11 5. Add Sources to an LTS 7-12 5a. Manual Method: Create New Logical Column 7-13 5a. Manual Method: Add New Physical Source 7-14 5a. Manual Method: Create Column Mapping 7-15 5a. Manual Method: End Result 7-16 5b. Drag Method 7-17 5b. Drag Method: Logical Columns Added 7-18 5b. Drag Method: Physical Tables Added 7-19 5b. Drag Method: Column Mappings Added 7-20 6. Rename Logical Columns 7-21 7. Add Columns to the Presentation Layer 7-22 ABC Example: Adding a New Logical Table Source 7-23 Implementation Steps: Adding a New Logical Table Source 7-24 1. Examine Existing Column Mappings 7-25 2. Identify a Single Table That Stores Both Columns 7-26 3. Add a New Logical Table Source 7-27 4. Define the Content of the Logical Table Source 7-28 5. Verify Your Work 7-29 Summary 7-30 Practice 7-1 Overview: Enhancing the Product Dimension 7-31 Practice 7-2 Overview: Creating Multiple Sources for a Logical Table Source (Manual) 7-32 Practice 7-3 Overview: Creating Multiple Sources for a Logical Table Source (Automated) 7-33 Practice 7-4 Overview: Adding a New Logical Table Source 7-34
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
c a r O 8
Adding Calculations to a Fact Objectives 8-2 Business Problem 8-3 Business Solution 8-4 Creating Calculation Measures by Using Existing Logical Columns 8-5 1. Create a New Logical Column 8-6 2. Specify Logical Columns as the Source 8-7 3. Build a Formula 8-8 Creating Calculation Measures by Using Physical Columns 8-9 1. Create a New Logical Column 8-10 vii
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Map the New Column 8-11 3. Build the Formula 8-12 4. Specify an Aggregation Rule 8-13 Steps for Using the Calculation Wizard 8-14 1. Open the Calculation Wizard 8-15 2. Choose the Columns for Comparison 8-16 3. Select the Calculations 8-17 4. Confirm the Calculation Measures 8-18 5. New Calculation Measures Are Added 8-19 Add New Measures to the Presentation Layer 8-20 Examining a Query Using Physical Columns 8-21 Example: Using Physical Columns 8-22 Examining a Query Using Logical Columns 8-23 Example: Using Logical Columns 8-24 Examining a Query Using the Calculation Wizard 8-25 Using Functions to Create Expressions 8-26 Summary 8-27 Practice 8-1 Overview: Creating Calculation Measures 8-28 Practice 8-2 Overview: Creating Calculation Measures by Using the Calculation Wizard 8-29 Practice 8-3 Overview: Creating a RANK Measure 8-30
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA 9 Working with Logical Dimensions d n ege Objectives 9-2 ty a ll i o s Logical Dimensions 9-3C er v i n Logical U Dimensions: Types 9-4 e l cLevel-Based Measures 9-5 a r O Share Measures 9-6 Logical Dimension: Example 9-7 ABC Example 9-8 Creating a Level-Based Logical Dimension 9-9 1. Create a Logical Dimension Object 9-10 2. Add a Parent-Level Object 9-11 3. Add Child-Level Objects 9-12 4. Specify Level Columns 9-13 5. Create Level Keys 9-15 6. Set the Preferred Drill Path 9-16 7. Create Level-Based Measures 9-17 8. Create Additional Level-Based Measures 9-19 9. Create Share Measures 9-20 10. Add Measures to the Presentation Layer 9-21 viii
l
a e r t on
D ฺ c In
M A B
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
11. Create Presentation Hierarchies 9-22 12. Test Measures and Hierarchies 9-23 Parent-Child Logical Dimensions 9-24 Parent-Child Hierarchy: Example 9-25 Parent-Child Logical Table 9-26 Parent-Child Relationship Table 9-27 Creating a Parent-Child Logical Dimension 9-28 1. Create a Logical Dimension Object 9-29 2. Set the Member Key 9-30 3. Set the Parent Column 9-31 4. Open the Parent-Child Relationship Table Settings Dialog Box 9-32 5. Enter Parent-Child Relationship Table Script Information 9-33 6. Enter Parent-Child Relationship Table Details 9-34 7. Preview Scripts 9-35 8. Confirm Parent-Child Relationship Table Settings 9-36 9. Confirm Changes to the BMM Layer 9-37 10. Confirm Changes to the Physical Layer 9-38 11. Modify the Physical Layer 9-39 12. Modify the BMM Layer 9-40 13. Create the Presentation Hierarchy 9-41 14. Verify Your Work 9-42 Calculated Members 9-43 Summary 9-44 Practice 9-1 Overview: Creating Logical Dimension Hierarchies 9-45 Practice 9-2 Overview: Creating Level-Based Measures 9-46 Practice 9-3 Overview: Creating Share Measures 9-47 Practice 9-4 Overview: Creating Dimension-Specific Aggregation Rules 9-48 Practice 9-5 Overview: Creating Presentation Hierarchies 9-49 Practice 9-6 Overview: Creating Parent-Child Hierarchies 9-50 Practice 9-7 Overview: Using Calculated Members 9-51
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
10 Using Aggregates Objectives 10-2 Business Challenge 10-3 Business Solution: Aggregate Tables 10-4 Oracle BI Aggregate Navigation 10-5 Aggregated Facts 10-6 Modeling Aggregates 10-7 ABC Example 10-8 Steps to Implement Aggregate Navigation 10-9 1. Import Tables and Create Aliases 10-10 ix
D ฺ c In
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Create Joins 10-11 3. Create the Fact Logical Table Source and Mappings 10-12 4. Specify the Fact Aggregation Content 10-13 5. Specify Content for the Fact Detail Source 10-14 6. Create the Dimension Logical Table Source and Mappings 10-15 7. Specify the Dimension Aggregation Content 10-16 8. Specify Content for the Dimension Detail Source 10-17 9. Test Results for Levels Stored in Aggregates 10-18 10. Test Results for Data Above or Below Levels 10-19 Setting the Number of Elements 10-20 Aggregate Persistence Wizard 10-22 Aggregate Persistence Wizard Steps 10-23 1. Open the Aggregate Persistence Wizard 10-24 2. Specify a File Name and Location 10-25 3. Select the Business Model and Measures 10-26 4. Select Dimensions and Levels 10-27 5. Select the Connection Pool, Container, and Name 10-28 6. Review the Aggregate Definition 10-29 7. View the Complete Aggregate Script 10-30 8. Verify That the Script Is Created 10-31 9. Run the Aggregate Persistence Script 10-32 10. Verify Aggregates in the Physical Layer 10-33 11. Verify Aggregates in the BMM Layer 10-34 12. Verify Aggregates in the Database 10-35 13. Verify Your Work 10-36 Troubleshooting Aggregate Navigation 10-37 Considerations 10-38 Summary 10-39 Practice 10-1 Overview: Using Aggregate Tables 10-40 Practice 10-2 Overview: Setting the Number of Elements 10-41 Practice 10-3 Overview: Using the Aggregate Persistence Wizard 10-42
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
11 Using Partitions and Fragments Objectives 11-2 Business Challenge 11-3 Business Solution: Oracle BI Server 11-4 Partition 11-5 Partitioning by Fact 11-6 Partitioning by Value 11-7 Partitioning by Level 11-8 Complex Partitioning 11-9 x
D ฺ c In
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
ABC Example: Value Based (Order Date) 11-10 Implementation Steps 11-11 Specify Fragmentation Content 11-12 Summary 11-13 Practice 11-1 Overview: Modeling a Value-Based Partition 11-14 12 Using Repository Variables Objectives 12-2 Variables 12-3 Variable Manager 12-4 Variable Types 12-5 Repository Variables 12-6 Static Repository Variables 12-7 Dynamic Repository Variables 12-8 Session Variables 12-9 System Session Variables 12-10 Non-System Session Variables 12-11 Initialization Blocks 12-12 Initialization Block: Example 12-13 Initialization Block Example: Edit Data Source 12-14 Initialization Block Example: Edit Data Target 12-15 ABC Example 12-16 Implementation Steps 12-17 1. Create a Dedicated Connection Pool 12-18 2. Open the Variable Manager 12-19 3. Create an Initialization Block 12-20 4. Edit the Data Source 12-21 5. Edit the Data Target 12-22 6. Test the Initialization Block Query 12-23 7. Use the Variable to Determine Content 12-24 8. Verify Your Work 12-25 Summary 12-26 Practice 12-1 Overview: Creating Dynamic Repository Variables 12-27 Practice 12-2 Overview: Using Dynamic Repository Variables as Filters 12-28
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
13 Modeling Time Series Data Objectives 13-2 Time Comparisons 13-3 Business Challenge: Time Comparisons 13-4 Oracle BI Solution: Model Time Comparisons 13-5 Time Dimensions 13-6 xi
D ฺ c In
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Time Series Functions 13-7 Time Series Grains 13-8 ABC Example 13-10 Steps to Model Time Series Data 13-11 1. Identify a Time Dimension and Chronological Keys 13-12 2. Create a Measure by Using the AGO Function 13-13
3. Use a Column with the AGO Function to Create Additional Measures 13-14 4. Create a Measure by Using the TODATE Function 13-15
5. Create a Measure by Using the PERIODROLLING Function 13-16 6. Add New Measures to the Presentation Layer 13-17 7. Test the Results 13-18 Summary 13-19 Practice 13-1 Overview: Creating Time Series Comparison Measures 13-20 14 Modeling Many-to-Many Relationships Objective 14-2 Business Challenge and Solution 14-3 Bridge Table 14-4 ABC Example 14-5 Steps to Model a Bridge Table 14-6 1. Import Tables 14-7 2. Create the Physical Model 14-8 3. Create the Logical Model 14-9 4. Map the Bridge Table 14-10 5. Create a Calculation Measure 14-11 6. Map Objects to the Presentation Layer 14-12 7. Verify the Results 14-13 Summary 14-14 Practice 14-1 Overview: Modeling a Bridge Table 14-15
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
15 Localizing Oracle BI Metadata Objective 15-2 Business Challenges and Solution 15-3 Oracle BI Multilingual Support 15-4 Configuring Oracle BI Metadata 15-5 WEBLANGUAGE Session Variable 15-6
LOCALE Configuration Setting 15-7 Changing Localization Preferences 15-8 ABC Example 15-9 Steps to Localize Metadata 15-10
xii
M A B
D ฺ c In
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Externalize Metadata Objects 15-11 2. Run the Externalize Strings Utility 15-12 3. Modify the Translation File 15-13 4. Load the Translation Table 15-14 5. Import the Translation Table 15-15 6. Create a Dedicated Connection Pool 15-16 7. Create an Initialization Block 15-17 8. Modify My Account Preferences 15-18 9. Verify the Translations 15-19 Summary 15-20 Practice 15-1 Overview: Localizing Repository Metadata 15-21 16 Localizing Oracle BI Data Objective 16-2 Business Challenges and Solution 16-3 Oracle BI Multilingual Data Support 16-4 What Is Multilingual Data Support? 16-5 Required Translation Tables 16-6 Available Language Table 16-7 Lookup Tables 16-8 Designing Translation Lookup Tables 16-9 ABC Example 16-10 Steps for Localizing Data 16-11 1. Create a Physical Lookup Table 16-12 2. Create an Available Language Table 16-13 3. Import Tables into the Physical Layer 16-14 4. Create a Session Variable Initialization Block 16-15 5. Create a Logical Lookup Table 16-16 6. Set Keys for the Logical Lookup Table 16-17 7. Create a Logical Lookup Column 16-18 8. Add the Logical Lookup Column to the Presentation Layer 16-19 9. Test Your Work 16-20 Summary 16-21 Practice 16-1 Overview: Localizing Oracle BI Data 16-22
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
17 Setting an Implicit Fact Column Objectives 17-2 Business Challenge: Dimension-Only Queries 17-3 Business Solution: Implicit Fact Column 17-4 ABC Example 17-5 Steps to Configure an Implicit Fact Column 17-6 xiii
l
D ฺ c In
M A B
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Set an Implicit Fact Column 17-7 2. Verify the Results 17-8 3. Clear the Implicit Fact Column 17-9 Summary 17-10 Practice 17-1 Overview: Setting an Implicit Fact Column 17-11 18 Importing Metadata from Multidimensional Data Sources Objective 18-2 Overview 18-3 Multidimensional Versus Relational Data Sources 18-4 Overview: Importing Multidimensional Data Sources 18-5 ABC Example 18-6 Creating a Multidimensional Business Model 18-7 1. Set Up an Essbase Data Source 18-8 2. Import Metadata 18-9 3. Verify the Import 18-10 4. Choose Options to Control the Model 18-11 5. View Members and Update Member Count 18-12 6. Create the Business Model 18-13 7. Create the Presentation Layer 18-14 8. Verify the Results 18-15 Horizontal Federation 18-16 Vertical Federation 18-17 Summary 18-18 Practice 18-1: Importing a Multidimensional Data Source into a Repository 18-19 Practice 18-2: Incorporating Horizontal Federation into a Business Model 18-20 Practice 18-3: Incorporating Vertical Federation into a Business Model 18-21 Practice 18-4: Adding Essbase Measures to a Relational Model 18-22
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
19 Security Objectives 19-2 Business Challenge: Security Strategy 19-3 Business Solution: Oracle BI Security 19-4 Managing Oracle BI Security 19-5 Oracle BI Default Security Model 19-6 Default Security Realm 19-7 Default Authentication Providers 19-8 Default Users 19-9 Default Groups 19-10 Default Application Roles 19-11 Default Application Policies 19-13 xiv
D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Security Settings in the Repository 19-14 Default Application Role Hierarchy: Example 19-15 ABC Example 19-16 Create Groups 19-17 Create Group Hierarchies 19-18 Create Users 19-19 Assign Users to Groups 19-20 Create Application Roles 19-21 Map Application Roles 19-22 Application Role Hierarchies 19-23 Verify Security Settings in Oracle BI 19-24 Verify Security Settings in the Repository 19-26 Set Up Object Permissions 19-27 Permission Inheritance 19-28 Permission Inheritance: Example 19-29 Set Row-Level Security (Data Filters) 19-30 Set Query Limits 19-31 Set Timing Restrictions 19-32 Summary 19-33 Practice 19-1 Overview: Exploring Default Security Settings 19-34 Practice 19-2 Overview: Creating Users and Groups 19-35 Practice 19-3 Overview: Creating Application Roles 19-36 Practice 19-4 Overview: Setting Up Object Permissions 19-37 Practice 19-5 Overview: Setting Row-Level Security (Data Filters) 19-38 Practice 19-6 Overview: Setting Query Limits and Timing Restrictions 19-39
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
20cCache Management r O a Objective 20-2 Business Challenge 20-3 Business Solution: Oracle BI Server Query Cache 20-4 Advantages of Caching 20-5 Costs of Caching 20-6 Query Cache: Architecture 20-7 Monitoring and Managing the Cache 20-8 Cache Management Techniques 20-9 Using Fusion Middleware Control to Configure Caching 20-10 Using NQSConfig.ini to Manually Edit Cache Parameters 20-11 Setting Caching and Cache Persistence for Tables 20-12 Using the Cache Manager 20-13 Inspecting SQL for Cache Entries 20-14 Modifying the Cache Manager Column Display 20-15 xv
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Inspecting Cache Reports 20-16 Purging Cache Entries Manually Using the Cache Manager 20-17 Purging Cache Entries Automatically 20-18 Using Event Polling Tables 20-19 Seeding the Cache 20-20 Cache Hit Conditions 20-21 Summary 20-22 Practice 20-1 Overview: Enabling Query Caching 20-23 Practice 20-2 Overview: Modifying Cache Parameters 20-24 Practice 20-3 Overview: Seeding the Cache 20-25 21 Managing Usage Tracking Objectives 21-2 Business Challenges 21-3 Business Solution: Oracle BI Usage Tracking 21-4 Oracle BI Usage Tracking Methods 21-5 ABC Example 21-6 Steps to Enable Usage Tracking 21-7 1. Create the Usage Tracking Table 21-8 2. Import the Usage Tracking Table 21-9 3. Build a Usage Tracking Business Model 21-10 4. Enable Usage Tracking 21-11 5. Enable Direct Insertion 21-12 6. Set the Physical Table Parameter 21-13 7. Set the Connection Pool Parameter 21-14 8. Set Additional Parameters 21-15 9. Test the Results 21-16 Analyzing Usage Tracking Data 21-17 Summary 21-18 Practice 21-1 Overview: Setting Up Usage Tracking 21-19
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
22 Setting Up and Using the Multiuser Development Environment Objectives 22-2 Business Challenge 22-3 Business Solution: Oracle BI Multiuser Development Environment (MUDE) 22-4 Oracle BI Repository Development Process 22-5 SCM Three-Way Merge Process 22-6 Oracle BI Repository Three-Way Merge Process 22-7 Multiuser Development Projects 22-8 Overview: Oracle BI Multiuser Development 22-9 ABC Example 22-10 xvi
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Set Up an Oracle BI MUDE 22-11 1. Create Projects 22-12 2. Edit Projects 22-13 3. Set Up a Shared Network Directory 22-14 4. Copy the Master Repository to the Shared Directory 22-15 Making Changes in an Oracle BI MUDE 22-16 1. Point to the Multiuser Directory 22-17 2. Check Out Projects 22-18 3. Administration Tool Tasks During Checkout 22-19 4. Change Metadata 22-20 5. Multiuser Options During Development 22-21 6. Merge Local Changes 22-22 7. Make Merge Decisions 22-23 8. Publish to Network 22-24 9. Track Project History 22-25 History Menu Options 22-26 Deleting History Items 22-27 Summary 22-28 Practice 22-1 Overview: Setting Up a Multiuser Development Environment 22-29 Practice 22-2 Overview: Using a Multiuser Development Environment 22-30
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA 23 Configuring Write Back in Analyses d n ege Objectives 23-2 ty a ll i o s Write Back in 23-3 erAnalyses C v i n Steps Uto Configure Write Back 23-4 e l c1. Create a Physical Table with Write Back Columns 23-5 a r O 2. Import the Write Back Table 23-6
D ฺ c In
3. Enable Write Back for the Connection Pool 23-7 4. Enable Write Back for Logical Columns 23-9 5. Set Write Back Permissions in the Presentation Layer 23-10 6. Enable Write Back in instanceconfig.xml 23-11
7. Create a Write Back XML Template 23-12 8. Store the Write Back Template 23-14 9. Grant Write Back Privileges 23-15 10. Create an Analysis with Columns Enabled for Write Back 23-16 11. Override Default Data Format 23-17 12. Enable Write Back in the Table View 23-18 13. Verify Results 23-19 Summary 23-20 Practice 23-1 Overview: Configuring Write Back 23-21 xvii
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
24 Performing a Patch Merge Objectives 24-2 Patch Merge 24-3 Creating a Patch 24-4 Applying a Patch 24-5 Steps to Perform a Patch Merge 24-6 1. Compare Current and Original Repositories 24-7 2. Equalize Objects 24-8 3. Create a Patch 24-9 4. Apply the Patch 24-10 5. Make Merge Decisions 24-11 6. Verify Your Work 24-12 Summary 24-13 Practice 24-1 Overview: Performing a Patch Merge 24-14
l
a e r t on
D ฺ c In
M A B
25 Configuring Logical Columns for Multicurrency Support Objectives 25-2 Overview 25-3 Steps to Configure Multicurrency Support 25-4 1. Modify the User Preferences Currency File 25-5 2. Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY Session Variable 25-6 3. Create Logical Columns with Currency Conversions 25-7 4. Edit a Logical Column to Use a Conversion Factor 25-8 4. Add Logical Column to the Presentation Layer 25-9 5. Verify the My Account Page 25-10 5. Verify Analysis Results 25-11 Summary 25-12 Practice 25-1 Overview: Defining User-Preferred Currency Options 25-13
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
26 Using Administration Tool Utilities Objectives 26-2 Wizards and Utilities 26-3 Accessing Wizards and Utilities 26-4 Managing Sessions 26-5 Querying Repository Metadata 26-6 Replacing Columns or Tables 26-7 Documenting a Repository 26-8 Generating a Metadata Dictionary 26-9 Creating an Event Table 26-10 Updating the Physical Layer 26-11 xviii
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Removing Unused Physical Objects 26-12 Summary 26-13 27 Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories – Quizzes A Optimizing Query Performance Objective A-2 Business Challenge A-3 Business Solution A-4 Oracle BI Features That Optimize Performance A-6 Optimizing Query Performance A-7 Using Aggregates A-8 Using Aggregate Navigation A-9 Constraining Results by Using a WHERE Clause A-10 Caching A-11 Limiting the Number of Initialization Blocks A-12 Limiting Select Table Types A-13 Modeling Logical Dimension Hierarchies Correctly A-14 Turning Off Logging A-15 Setting Query Limits A-16 Pushing Calculations to the Database A-17 Exposing Materialized Views in the Physical Layer A-18 Using Database Hints A-19 Summary A-20
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
l
a e r t on
D ฺ c In
B Model First Development Methodology Model First Development Methodology: Overview B-2 Central Tenets of the Model First Development Methodology B-3 Baseline Performance Analysis B-4 Defining the Business Model: Dimensional Matrix B-6 Dimensional Matrix: Example B-7 Drill to Levels for More-Detailed Performance Requirements B-8 Focus on the Business Model B-9 Leverage Oracle BI “Legless” Applications B-10 Use Oracle BI Data Mart Automation B-11
c a r O
xix
M A B
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Security
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives After completing this lesson, you should be able to: • Identify and describe default security settings for Oracle BI • Create users and groups • Create application roles • Set up permissions for repository objects • Use query limits, timing restrictions, and filters to control access to repository information
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Challenge: Security Strategy Security strategy designs for a business start with answers to these basic questions: • • • • •
Who will have access to company data and business resources? Under what conditions will access be limited or denied? How will access be enforced? How will users authenticate themselves? Where will credentials be stored?
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sSecurity r C Business Challenge: Strategy e nivbusiness needs guide its security strategy. Every organization has unique U An organization’s cle information-protection requirements, and each security strategy must be individually designed a r toO match. Many security strategy designs start with answers to the questions listed in the slide.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution: Oracle BI Security Controls access to system resources: • Requires users to authenticate at login • Restricts users to only those resources for which they are authorized • Manages user identities, credentials, and permission grants
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si BICSecurity r Business Solution: Oracle e v niBusiness U Securing e Oracle Intelligence can be divided into two broad areas: controlling access l c to the components within the BI domain (resource access security) and controlling access to Ora source data (data access security). business Controlling access to system resources is achieved by requiring users to authenticate at login and by restricting users to only those resources for which they are authorized. The Oracle BI default security model is available for immediate implementation after installation. This model includes controls for managing user identities, credentials, and permission grants. This allows you to control system access by validating identity at login (authentication) and control access to specific Oracle BI components and features according to a user’s permission grants (authorization). Note: This course highlights the security components that relate to building and managing an Oracle BI repository. However, Oracle BI Security is a complex subject that involves installation and configuration tasks that are beyond the scope of this course. For more detailed information, please refer to the Security Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Managing Oracle BI Security Oracle BI integrates with Oracle Fusion Middleware’s security platform. • Oracle WebLogic Server Administration Console – Management of users and groups for the embedded LDAP server that serves as the default identity store
•
Oracle Fusion Middleware Control – Management of policy store application roles that grant permissions to users, groups, and other application roles
•
Oracle BI Administration Tool
l
a e r t on
M – Management of permissions for Presentation layer objects A B and business model objects in the repository cฺ D
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Managing OraclevBI i e Security n U integrates seamlessly with the Oracle Fusion Middleware platform. They Oracle BIe software l c share a common security framework and features. This common security configuration uses Ora WebLogic Server as the default administration server. However, these implementation Oracle details are largely hidden while performing daily administrative tasks and are exposed only by the tools used to manage your Oracle BI security configuration.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI Default Security Model During installation, three Oracle BI security controls are preconfigured with initial (default) values to form the default security model: • Identity store – Contains the definitions of users, groups, and group hierarchies required to control authentication
•
Policy store – Contains the definition of application roles, the permissions l granted to the roles, and the members (users, groups, and trea n applications roles) of the roles Mo
•
Credential store
A
B D ฺ c
n
– Stores security-related credentials, such asI user name and c e eb an external system password combinations, for accessing u Q ฺ (such as a database or LDAP 72server)nly
49 se o 9 u 18 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Oracle BI DefaultvSecurity Model i e n The security e Ucontrols include: l c • ra An embedded directory server functioning as an identity store designed to hold all user O • •
and group definitions that are required to control authentication A file-based policy store designed to hold the application-role and permission-grant mappings to users and groups that are required to control authorization A file-based credential store designed to hold user and system credentials
When operating in a development or test environment, you may find it convenient to use the default security model because it comes preconfigured. You then add user definitions and credentials that are specific to your business as well as customize the default application roles and permission grants that your business security policies require. After the identity, policy, and credential stores are fully configured and populated with data that is specific to your business, they provide all user, policy, and credential information needed by the Oracle BI components during authentication and authorization. The following slides cover the key components of the default security model.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Security Realm
BI domain Select to view security realms.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Default Security v Realm e i nshows U The screenshot the default setting for the Oracle BI WebLogic security realm in the e l c Oracle WebLogic Server Administration Console. Using a browser, you can access the Ora Administration Console with the following URL: http://:7001/console. Default security realm
On the left side of the console, under Domain Structure, notice that there is a single WebLogic domain named bifoundation_domain into which all of the BI applications are deployed. Notice also that there is a single default security realm named myrealm. The OBI installer installs a single domain with a single security realm in it. A security realm is a container for the mechanisms that are used to protect WebLogic resources. This includes users, groups, security roles, security policies, and security providers. Whereas multiple security realms can be defined for the BI domain, only one can be active (that is, only one can be designated as the default realm at any given time). Click myrealm to view its default settings.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Authentication Providers
l
a e r t on
M A B
D Default ฺ c In authentication
c e provider b e Qu lyฺ 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Default Authentication ive Providers n U shows the default settings for authentication providers in the default This screenshot e l c myrealm realm. Note that there is a default WebLogic Authentication Provider. ra securityprovider Oauthentication An establishes the identity of users and system processes, transmits identity information, and serves as a repository from which components can retrieve identity information. Oracle BI is configured out of the box to use the directory server embedded in Oracle WebLogic Server as the default security provider. When a user logs in to a system with a user name and password combination, Oracle WebLogic Server validates identity based on the combination provided. Alternative security providers can be used if desired and managed in the Oracle WebLogic Administration Console, but the WebLogic Authentication Provider is used by default. Note: There is a default WebLogic Identity Assertion Provider, which is used primarily for Single Sign On and is not covered in this training.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Users
l
a e r t on
Default user
M A B Default
D ฺ c In
Default Users
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
user
The default identity store contains user names that are specific to Oracle BI. These default user names are provided as a convenience so you can begin using the Oracle BI software immediately after installation, but you are not required to maintain the default names. In this example, the users are BISystemUser and weblogic. weblogic is the administrative user. After installation, a single administrative user is shared by Oracle BI and Oracle WebLogic Server. The same user name and password that were supplied during the installation process are used for both. The user name that is created during installation can be any desired name and does not need to be Administrator. The password is also provided during installation and afterward can be changed by using the administration interface for the identity store. In the default security configuration, an administrative user is a member of the BIAdministrators group and has all rights granted to the Oracle BI Administrator user in earlier releases, with the exception of impersonation. The administrative user cannot impersonate other users. Oracle BI system components now establish a connection to each other as BISystemUser instead of as the Administrator (the latter being the practice in earlier releases). Using a trusted system account such as BISystemUser to secure communication between components enables you to change the password of your deployment’s system administrator account without affecting communication between these components. The name of this user is the default and can be changed, or a different user can be created for the purpose of interprocess communication. This is a highly privileged user whose credentials should be protected from nonadministrative users.
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Groups
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Default Groups
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Default groups
i
n U le
Groups are logically ordered sets of users. Creating groups of users who have similar needs for access to system resources enables easier security management. Managing a group is more efficient than managing a large number of users individually. Oracle recommends that you organize your users into groups for easier maintenance. Groups are then mapped to application roles in order to grant rights. Three default group names are provided as a convenience so you can begin using the Oracle BI software immediately after installation, but you are not required to maintain the default names.
c a r O
BIAdministrators group: Members have the equivalent permissions of the Administrator user of earlier releases with the exception of the ability to impersonate. The Administrator user of earlier releases could impersonate, but members of the BIAdministrators group cannot impersonate other users. BIAuthors group: Members have the permissions necessary to create content for other users to use (or to consume). BIConsumers group: Members have the permissions necessary to use (or consume) content created by other users. The BIConsumers group represents all users who have been authenticated by Oracle BI. By default, every Oracle BI authenticated user is part of the BIConsumers group and does not need to be explicitly added to the group. The BIConsumers group includes the Oracle WebLogic Server users group as a member. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Application Roles
l
a e r t on
M A B
Default application roles
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Default Application Roles e iv nrole U An application defines a set of permissions that are granted to a user or group. e l c Application roles are defined in Fusion Middleware Control which can be accessed via Ora http://:7001/em. To access the Application Roles page, right-click
coreapplication in the left pane and select Security > Application Roles (not shown here). The file-based policy store contains a default application role hierarchy that includes preconfigured permissions grants and role membership definitions. Application role members can include users or groups from the identity store or other application roles from the policy store. Default application roles include: • BISystem: Grants the permissions necessary to impersonate other users. This role is required by Oracle BI system components for intercomponent communication. • BIAdministrator: Grants the administrative permissions necessary to configure and manage the Oracle BI installation. Any member of the BIAdministrators group is explicitly granted this role and implicitly granted the BIAuthor and BIConsumer roles. • BIAuthor: Grants the permissions necessary to create and edit content for other users to use (or to consume). Any member of the BIAuthors group is explicitly granted this role and implicitly granted the BIConsumer role. • BIConsumer: Grants the permissions necessary to use (or to consume) content created by other users Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Application Roles (continued) These default application roles map to default groups in the default WebLogic LDAP. The groups are listed in the Members column. Application roles are independent of LDAP groups. If you moved to a different LDAP server rather than the default WebLogic LDAP server, you could map these roles to groups in the new LDAP server. Application roles are in the policy store, whereas groups are in the identity store. The default naming convention is that application role names are singular and group names are plural.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Application Policies
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Default Application Policies e niv are the authorization policies that an application relies upon for controlling U Application policies ctoleits resources. Application policies are defined in Fusion Middleware Control. To access a r O the Application Policies page, right-click coreapplication in the left pane and access select Security > Application Policies (not shown here). The default file-based policy store contains the Oracle BI permissions. All Oracle BI permissions are provided; you cannot create additional permissions. These permissions are granted by the default application roles in the default security configuration. Each default application role has a predefined set of permissions. The screenshot shows only a partial list of permissions for the BIAdministrator application role. An example of permission is oracle.bi.server.manageRepositories, which grants permission to open repositories in online mode in the Oracle BI Administration Tool. This permission is granted to the BIAdministrator role. Note: These policy store permissions are not the same as those used to define access to BI objects (metadata, dashboards, reports, and so on). Policy store permissions are used only to define the BI functionality that assigned roles can access. You learn more about object permissions later in this lesson.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Security Settings in the Repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi in the CoRepository Default Security v Settings e ni in online mode to see the default security settings. Repository security U Open thee repository cbel managed in online mode. Select Manage > Identity to open the Identity Manager. should a r O On the Users tab you can see the same set of users as those listed in the WebLogic Server Administration Console. The key point is that users are no longer managed in the repository, as they were in prior releases. They are managed in the WebLogic LDAP, or whatever identify store your system is configured with. If you need to add a new user to the system, you must do it in the identity store, not the repository (as you learn later in this lesson). The Application Roles tab shows all application roles in the policy store. Later in this lesson you learn that you can use the application roles to set access control permissions for repository objects. The recommended practice is to use application roles, not individual users, to set access control permissions for repository objects. If you create new users in the identity store, or new application roles in the policy store, they appear in the repository after BI Server is restarted. The repository holds a cache of the identities, so users and application roles are visible in offline mode as well as online mode.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Default Application Role Hierarchy: Example
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Example si Hierarchy: r C Default Application Role e iv nprovided U This example is to illustrate the relationships among users, groups, application roles, e l c andrpermissions. In Oracle BI, the members of a default application role include both groups a O other and application roles. The result is a hierarchical role structure in which permissions can be inherited in addition to being explicitly granted. A group that is a member of a role is granted both the permissions of the role and the permissions for all roles descended from that role. When you construct a role hierarchy, you should not introduce circular dependencies. The graphic in the slide shows these relationships among the default application roles and the ways in which permissions are granted to members. The result is that, because of the role hierarchy, a user who is a member of a particular group is granted both explicit permissions and any additional inherited permissions. Note that, by themselves, groups and group hierarchies do not allow a privilege to perform an action in an application. Those privileges are conveyed through the application roles and their corresponding permission grants. The table shows the role and permissions granted to all group members (users). The default BIAdministrator role is a member the BIAuthor role, and BIAuthor role is a member of the BIConsumer role. The result is that members of the BIAdministrators group are granted all the permissions of the BIAdministrator role, the BIAuthor role, and the BIConsumer role. In this example, only one of the permissions granted by each role is used for demonstration purposes. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
ABC Example 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Create groups. Create group hierarchies. Create users. Assign users to groups. Create application roles. Assign groups and roles to application roles. Verify new users and application roles in Oracle BI. Set up object permissions. Set row-level security (data filters). BA D Set query limits and timing restrictions. cฺ
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 16
l
M
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Create Groups Use the security realm in the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create groups.
l
a e r t on
Click the New button to add new groups.
M A B
D ฺ c In
Create Groups
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
You use the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create groups. Groups are logical ordered sets of users. Managing a group is more efficient than managing a large number of users individually. Oracle recommends that you first organize all Oracle BI users into groups that make sense for your organization’s goals and map application roles to the groups to convey system privileges. The default identity store provided for managing users and groups is Oracle WebLogic Server’s embedded directory server.
c a r O
In this example, three new groups are added: SalesAssociatesGroup, SalesManagersGroup, and SalesSupervisorsGroup. When you click the New button, a dialog box opens to create a new group. The dialog box is not shown here.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Create Group Hierarchies Add groups to other groups to create group hierarchies. Settings for the group
Click a group to open the Settings dialog box.
Available groups to which the group can be assigned
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c TheIn group is a c member of this group. e b e Qu lyฺ 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Create Group Hierarchies ive n U You use the security realm in the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create group e l c hierarchies. On the “Users and Groups” tab in the security realm, click a group on the Groups Ora to view settings for the group. On the Membership subtab, you can assign groups to subtab other groups. The Membership subtab shows the groups of which a group is already a member and available groups to which a group can be assigned. To assign a group, use the buttons to move a group (or groups) from the Available list to the Chosen list. The example in the slide shows the group membership settings for the SalesSupervisorsGroup group. The SalesSupervisorsGroup group is a member of the SalesAssociatesGroup group. This means that any privileges or permissions assigned to the Sales Associates group are inherited by the Sales Supervisors group.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Create Users Use the security realm in the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create users.
l
a e r t on
Click the New button to add new users.
M A B
D ฺ c In
Create Users
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
You use the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create users. The default identity store provided for managing users is Oracle WebLogic Server’s embedded directory server. In this example, two new users are added: AZIFF and JCRUZ.
c a r O
When you click the New button, a dialog box opens to create a new user. In the dialog box, you provide the user name, description, and password. (The dialog box is not shown here.)
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Assign Users to Groups Use the security realm in the WebLogic Server Administration Console to assign users to groups. Settings for user
Click a user to open the Settings dialog box.
Available groups to which the user can be assigned
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c user is a member e The b ue ฺ of these groups. Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Assign Users to v Groups e ni Groups” tab in the security realm, click a user on the Users subtab to view U On the “Users and le the user. On the Groups subtab, you can assign users to groups. The Groups cfor settings a r O shows the groups of which a user is already a member and available groups to which subtab a user can be assigned. The example in the slide shows the group settings for the JCRUZ user. JCRUZ is a member of the Sales Managers and Sales Supervisors groups.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Create Application Roles Use Fusion Middleware Control to create application roles.
l
Click Create to create a new application role.
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Create Application Roles e iv nrole U An application conveys its permission grants to the users, groups, and application roles e l c thatrare a mapped to that role. Being mapped to an application role establishes membership in Orole. the Binding the permission grants to the application role streamlines the process of New application roles
granting system privileges. Once the application role and permission grant definitions are established, you control system rights by managing membership in each role. Oracle recommends that you map groups and other application roles to application roles and not to individual users. Once mapped, all members of the groups and roles are granted the same rights. Controlling membership in a group reduces the complexity of tracking access rights for multiple individual users.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 21
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Map Application Roles Map application roles to groups or other application roles.
Click an application role to edit.
l
a e r t on
M A B
Application roles can be mapped to both groups and other application roles.
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Map Application v Roles e ni role is created, you can map the application role to users or groups U Once an application cinlethe LDAP server, or you can map the application role to other application roles. defined a r O In this example, the SalesAssociatesRole application role is mapped to the Sales Associates group, the Sales Managers application role, and the Sales Supervisors application role. This means that any user who is a member of the selected group or application role is mapped to this application role and receives any privileges or permissions assigned to the application role. It is possible to add individual users to a role, but a best practice is to add groups or application roles, not individual users, to application roles.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 22
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Application Role Hierarchies Mapping application roles to other application roles creates application role hierarchies
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Application RolevHierarchies e ni Similar toe theUgroups you created in the WebLogic identity store, you now have an application cl in the policy store. Mapping application roles to other application roles creates rolerhierarchy a O application role hierarchies. In this example, this means that any privileges or permissions assigned to the Sales Associates application role are inherited by the Sales Supervisors role and the Sales Managers role. What is the difference between users and groups created in the identity store in the WebLogic LDAP Server and application roles created in the policy store? In the WebLogic LDAP server, you have users and groups. An application role is a logical role that can be used within the application to secure content in a way that is independent of any particular LDAP server and the users and groups within that LDAP server. Security rules are built using application roles. If the underlying LDAP environment changes, the security rules persist. In a different LDAP environment, where group or user names might be different, you could remap the application roles to different groups or users, and the BI security structure (built with application roles) would not be affected.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 23
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Verify Security Settings in Oracle BI Restart Oracle BI Server to make policy store changes visible throughout Oracle BI.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o BI si in Oracle r C Verify Security Settings e iv nstore U To make e policy changes visible throughout Oracle BI, you must restart Oracle BI Server. l c Typically, you have a steady set of application roles, so the frequency of adding and deleting Ora roles in the policy store should be quite low. What is more common is mapping application those roles to new groups and users in the identity store, which does not require a server restart. Oracle BI Server must be restarted only when application roles are added or deleted. In this example, JCRUZ has logged in to Oracle BI and selected My Account. On the Roles and Catalog Groups tab, he sees all of the application roles to which he is assigned. Jose Cruz is a member of the Sales Managers group (which is a member of the Sales Managers Role application role) and a member of the Sales Supervisors group (which is a member of the Sales Supervisors Role application role). Because both of these roles are members of the Sales Associates Role application role, he is also a member of that role. By default, all BI users are also members of the default application roles, Authenticated User and BI Consumer Role.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 24
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Verify Security Settings in Oracle BI (continued) Application roles serve a variety of purposes in both development and production environments. In a development environment, developers can be granted one or more of the roles. One approach is to build roles that are eventually used in production, and then map developers to those roles for administering, building, and testing the development environment. As you learn later in this lesson, you also use the logical application roles to secure access to repository objects and data. Therefore, application roles can be used to control access to both objects and functionality in the product. The value of using application roles comes from the fact that you can move the system you have built between environments without having to rewire all of the security. For example, you would not have to change security settings in your presentation catalog or repository. You can just remap your application roles to the target environment.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 25
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Verify Security Settings in the Repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oRepository si in the r C Verify Security Settings e v niOracle U After you e restart BI Server, changes in security settings are visible in the Identity l c Manager in the repository. Ora
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 26
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Set Up Object Permissions Set up object permissions in your repository to control access to Presentation layer and BMM layer objects. 1. Open object properties. 4. User logs in.
2. Click Permissions.
l
3. Set permissions.
a e r t n 5. User sees objectso M based on permissions. BA D cฺ n I c
e b e Qu lyฺ 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Set Up Object Permissions ive n U permissions by using the Administration Tool. There are two approaches to You set object e l c setting permissions. You can set permissions for particular users or application roles in ra objectManager, OIdentity the or you can set permissions for individual objects in the Presentation layer. Setting up object permissions for individual users or application roles is useful when you want to define permissions for a large set of objects at one time. It is considered a best practice to set up object permissions for application roles rather than for individual users. In this example, permissions are set for the Customer presentation table object. Access to this object is restricted for the AuthenticatedUser, BIConsumer, and SalesAssociatesRole application roles. The user AZIFF is a member of these application roles. Therefore, AZIFF does not have access to the Customer presentation table when he logs in to Oracle BI and selects the SupplierSales subject area.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 27
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Permission Inheritance • •
•
Permissions granted explicitly to a user take precedence over privileges granted through application roles. Permissions granted explicitly to an application role take precedence over any privileges granted through other application roles. If security attributes conflict at the same level, a user or application role is granted the least-restrictive security attribute.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Permission Inheritance e iv nexplicitly U Users canehave granted permissions. They can also have permissions granted l c through membership in application roles, which in turn can have permissions granted through Ora membership in other application roles, and so on. Permissions granted explicitly to a user take precedence over permissions granted through application roles, and permissions granted explicitly to the application role take precedence over any permissions granted through other application roles. If there are multiple application roles acting on a user or application role at the same level with conflicting security attributes, the user or application role is granted the least-restrictive security attribute. Any explicit permissions acting on a user take precedence over any permissions on the same objects granted to that user through application roles. Filter definitions, however, are always inherited. For example, if User1 is a member of Role1 and Role2, and Role1 includes a filter definition but Role2 does not, the user inherits the filter definition defined in Role1.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 28
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Permission Inheritance: Example User 1 Member Role 1 Member Role 2
Role 1
Role 2
NO ACCESS Table A
READ Table A
Member Role 3
Member Role 5
l
a e r t on
Member Role 4
Role 3
Role 4
M A B
D ฺ c In Role 5
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Example r C Permission Inheritance: e niv • User1 U is a direct member of Role1 and Role2, and is an indirect member of Role3, cle and Role5. Role4, a r O • Because Role5 is at a lower level of precedence than Role2, its denial of access to READ Table B
• •
•
READ Table C
NO ACCESS Table A
TableA is overridden by the READ permission granted through Role2. The result is that Role2 provides READ permission on TableA. The resultant permissions from Role1 are NO ACCESS for TableA, READ for TableB, and READ for TableC. Because Role1 and Role2 have the same level of precedence and because the permission in each cancel the other out (Role1 denies access to TableA, Role2 allows access to TableA), the less-restrictive level is inherited by User1. That is, User1 has READ access to TableA. The total permissions granted to User1 are READ access for TableA, TableB, and TableC.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 29
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Set Row-Level Security (Data Filters)
l
"SupplierSales"."Dim-Customer"."Sales Rep" = 'JOSE CRUZ' OR "SupplierSales"."Dim-Customer"."Sales Rep" = 'ALAN ZIFF' OR "SupplierSales"."Dim-Customer"."Sales Rep" = 'BETTY NEWER'
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si (DataCFilters) r Set Row-Level Security e v naisecurity U Data filters are feature that provides a way to enforce row-level security rules in the e l c repository. Data filters are set up in the repository using the Administration Tool and are Ora for a particular user or application role. You do not set up data filters if you have applied Filter set on Sales Rep object for application role members
implemented row-level security in the database, because in this case, your row-level security policies are being enforced by the database rather than by Oracle BI Server. Data filters can be set for objects in both the BMM layer and the Presentation layer. Applying a filter on a logical object affects all Presentation layer objects that use the object. If you set a filter on a Presentation layer object, it is applied in addition to any filters that might be set on the underlying logical objects. It is a best practice to set up data filters for particular application roles rather than for individual users. In this example, you set a filter on the Customer presentation table for the SalesSupervisorsRole application role so that customer data is visible for only those records in which Jose Cruz or his direct reports are the sales representatives. Jose Cruz is a member of the SalesSupervisorsRole application role. After setting this filter, if Jose Cruz creates and runs an analysis that includes the Sales Rep column, he sees only his records and those of his direct reports (in this example, Alan Ziff and Betty Newer). Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 30
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Set Query Limits Use the Query Limits tab to: • Control the number of rows accessed by a user or role • Control the maximum query run time • Enable or disable Populate Privilege • Enable or disable Execute Direct Database Requests
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co Set Query Limitsver nienables you to exercise varying degrees of control over the repository U Oracle BIe Server cl that users and roles can access. You can manage the query environment by information a r O query limits (governors) in the repository for users or application roles. You can setting prevent queries from consuming too many resources by limiting how long a query can run and how many rows a query can retrieve. Note: It is a recommended practice to set query limits for application roles rather than for individual users. Use the Query Limits tab to control the following activities: • Control runaway queries by limiting queries to a specific number of rows received by a user or role. • Limit queries by maximum run time or to time periods for a user or role. • Allow or disallow the populate privilege (this is primarily used for Marketing applications and is beyond the scope of this course). • Allow or disallow execution of direct database requests for specific database objects. To access the Query Limits tab, open the Identity Manager, click the Application Roles tab, double-click an application role to open the Application Role dialog box, and click Permissions. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 31
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Set Timing Restrictions Restrict access to a database during particular time periods.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Set Timing Restrictions e nivwhen users can query databases to prevent users from querying when U You can regulate le cresources system are tied up with batch reporting, table updates, or other production tasks. a r O To restrict access to a database during particular time periods, click the ellipsis (…) button in the Restrict column to open the Restrictions dialog box. Then perform the following steps: 1. To select a time period, click the start time and drag it to the end time. 2. Access: - To explicitly allow access, click Allow. - To explicitly disallow access, click Disallow.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 32
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this lesson, you should have learned how to: • Identify and describe default security settings in Oracle BI • Create users and groups • Create application roles • Set up permissions for repository objects • Use query limits, timing restrictions, and filters to control access to repository information
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 33
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-1 Overview: Exploring Default Security Settings This practice covers Oracle BI default security settings in the identity store, policy store, and credential store.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Default Security Settings si Exploring r C Practice 19-1 Overview: e niv three Oracle BI security controls are preconfigured with initial (default) U During installation, ctoleform the default security model. The security controls include: values a r O • An embedded directory server functioning as an identity store designed to hold all user • •
and group definitions that are required to control authentication A file-based policy store designed to hold the application role and permission grant mappings to users and groups that are required to control authorization A file-based credential store designed to hold all user and system credentials that are required to control authentication or authorization
Before you implement data access security in the Oracle BI repository, you explore these default security settings.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 34
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-2 Overview: Creating Users and Groups This practice covers using the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create users and groups.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Users and Groups si Creating r C Practice 19-2 Overview: e nivordered sets of users. Managing a group is more efficient than managing a U Groups are logical cle of users individually. Oracle recommends that you first organize all Oracle BI large number a r O into groups that make sense for your organization’s goals and map application roles to users the groups to convey system privileges. The default identity store provided for managing users and groups is Oracle WebLogic Server’s embedded directory server. In this practice, you use the WebLogic Server Administration Console to create users and groups.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 35
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-3 Overview: Creating Application Roles This practice covers using Fusion Middleware Control to create application roles in the policy store.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Application Roles si Creating r C Practice 19-3 Overview: e iv nrole U An application conveys its permission grants to the users, groups, and application roles e l c mapped to that role. Being mapped to an application role establishes membership in the role. Ora the permission grants to the application role streamlines the process of granting Binding system privileges. After the application role and permission grant definitions are established, you control system rights by managing membership in each role. Oracle recommends that you map groups to application roles and not to individual users. After they are mapped, all members of the group are granted the same rights. Controlling membership in a group reduces the complexity of tracking access rights for multiple individual users. In this practice, you use Fusion Middleware Control to create application roles.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 36
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-4 Overview: Setting Up Object Permissions This practice covers setting up object permissions in the repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oUp Object Permissions si Setting r C Practice 19-4 Overview: e iv nobject U You can set up permissions in your repository to control access to Presentation layer e l c andrBMM layer objects. You set object permissions by using the Administration Tool. Oa There are two approaches to setting object permissions. You can set permissions for particular users or application roles in the Identity Manager, or you can set permissions for individual objects in the Presentation layer. In this practice you use both approaches.
Setting up object permissions for individual users or application roles is useful when you want to define permissions for a large set of objects at one time. It is a best practice to set up object permissions for particular application roles rather than for individual users.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 37
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-5 Overview: Setting Row-Level Security (Data Filters) This practice covers setting row-level security in the repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oRow-Level Security (Data Filters) si Setting r C Practice 19-5 Overview: e niv a way to enforce row-level security rules in the repository. Data filters are U Data filters provide e repository by using the Administration Tool and are applied for a particular user clthe set up in a r O or application role.
Data filters can be set for objects in both the BMM layer and the Presentation layer. Applying a filter on a logical object affects all Presentation layer objects that use the object. If you set a filter on a Presentation layer object, it is applied in addition to any filters that might be set on the underlying logical objects. It is a best practice to set up data filters for particular application roles rather than for individual users. In this practice, you set a filter on the Customer presentation table so that customer data is visible for only those records in which Jose Cruz or his direct reports are the sales representatives.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 38
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 19-6 Overview: Setting Query Limits and Timing Restrictions This practice covers managing the query environment by setting query limits and timing restrictions in the repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oQuery Limits and Timing Restrictions si Setting r C Practice 19-6 Overview: e nivthe query environment by setting query limits (governors) in the repository U You can manage cleor application roles. You want to prevent queries from consuming too many for users a r O resources by limiting how long a query can run and how many rows a query can retrieve. You also want to regulate when individual users can query databases to prevent users from querying when system resources are tied up with batch reporting, table updates, or other production tasks. In this practice, you set the maximum rows of any query to five rows, the maximum time of any query to one minute, and restricted access to a database on Sunday from 12:00 AM to 7:00 AM.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 19 - 39
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Cache Management
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objective After completing this lesson, you should be able to manage the Oracle BI Server query cache.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Challenge • •
Decision support systems require a large amount of database processing. Frequent trips to back-end databases to satisfy query requests can result in: – Increased query response time – Poor performance
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Business Challenge e nivqueries sometimes require a large amount of database processing. U Decision e support cl for the same information require frequent trips to back-end databases to retrieve the Requests a r O results. Such trips can increase query response time and result in poor performance query from the user’s perspective.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution: Oracle BI Server Query Cache Oracle BI Server can be configured to maintain a disk-based cache of query result sets (query cache): • Saves the results of queries in cache files • Enables Oracle BI Server to satisfy subsequent query requests without having to access back-end databases • Improves query response time
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Query Cache si BICServer r Business Solution: Oracle e v nican U Oracle BIe Server save the results of a query in cache files and then reuse them later l c when aa similar query is requested. By using the cache, the database needs to be processed Oronce only for the initial time a query is executed. For subsequent times that a similar query is executed, the results are satisfied by the cache and not the database. Oracle BI administrators can configure Oracle BI Server to maintain a local, disk-based cache of query result sets (the query cache). The query cache enables Oracle BI Server to satisfy many subsequent query requests without having to access back-end databases. This reduction in communication costs can dramatically decrease query response time.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Advantages of Caching • • •
Eliminates unnecessary database processing because pre-computed results are stored in a local cache Improves query performance by fulfilling a query from the cache rather than searching through the database Conserves network resources by avoiding a connection to the database server
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Advantages of Caching e ntoivprocess a query is to skip the bulk of the processing and use a preU The fastest way cleanswer. With query caching, Oracle BI Server stores the pre-computed results of computed a r O in a local cache. If another query can use those results, all database processing for queries that query is eliminated. This can result in dramatic improvements in the average query response time. Not running the query on the database also frees the database server to do other work. In addition to improving performance, being able to answer a query from a local cache conserves network resources and processing time on the database server. Network resources are conserved because the intermediate results do not have to come over the network to Oracle BI Server. Administrators can take additional steps to improve caching performance. Such measures might include tuning and indexing databases, optimizing data source connectivity, leveraging aggregate tables, and constructing metadata efficiently.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Costs of Caching •
Disk space – The query cache requires dedicated disk space.
•
Administrative tasks: – Set the cache persistence time appropriately. – Purge the cache when necessary.
•
Keeping the cache up to date: – Evaluate what level of noncurrent information is acceptable. – Remove stale data.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o C Costs of Caching ers iv Disk Space Un The query clecache requires dedicated disk space. The amount of space depends on the query volume, a r the Osize of the query result sets, and the amount of disk space you choose to allocate to the cache. For performance purposes, a disk should be used exclusively for caching, and it should be a highperformance, high-reliability disk system. Administrative Tasks There are a few administrative tasks associated with caching. You need to set the cache persistence time for each physical table appropriately, knowing how often data in that table is updated. When the frequency of the update varies, you need to keep track of when changes occur and purge the cache manually when necessary. Keeping the Cache Up to Date If the cache entries are not purged when the data in the underlying databases changes, queries can potentially return results that are out of date. You need to evaluate whether this is acceptable. It might be acceptable to allow the cache to contain some stale data. You need to decide what level of stale data is acceptable and then set up (and follow) rules to reflect those levels. For applications in which data is updated yearly or quarterly, it may be acceptable to keep stale data in the cache. For applications in which data is updated frequently, it may be necessary to purge the cache more often. It is also possible to purge the entire cache as part of the extraction, transformation, and loading (ETL) process for rebuilding the data mart, making sure that there is no stale data in the cache.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Query Cache: Architecture The query cache consists of: • Cache storage space • Cache metadata • Cache detection User’s query request is translated into logical request.
Logical request The metadata is searched to identify a match (cache hit). If there is a match, results are retrieved from the cache and sent to the user.
Oracle BI Server
Cache metadata (cache hit?)
No
Server database
Query cache
l
a e r t on
Yes Results sent to user.
If it is a cache miss, the request is queried against the database; results are stored in cache and sent to the user.
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Query Cache: Architecture e nisiavfacility that stores the results from queries. If a query is fulfilled by the U A query cache le in the cache, it is called a cache hit. A cache hit means that the server was able cstored results a r toO use the cache to answer the query and did not go to the database at all. A cache is used to eliminate redundant queries. For example, if 10,000 users always look at the same dashboard, getting the data once and storing it in the cache helps with scalability. This graphic in the slide depicts the basic architecture of the query cache. The process of accessing the cache metadata occurs very quickly. If the metadata shows a cache hit, the bulk of the query processing is eliminated, and the results are immediately returned to the user. The process of adding the new results to the cache is independent of the results being returned to the user; the only effect on the running query is the resources consumed in the process of writing the cached results.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Monitoring and Managing the Cache Requires an overall cache management strategy: • Invalidate the cache entries when underlying data has changed. • Monitor, identify, and remove undesirable cache entries.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si theCCache r Monitoring and Managing e niv produce the same results, even after a database has been updated. U Cache files always le retaining cache files may arise. For example, not purging outdated caches (known cwith Issues a r Ostale caches) can potentially return inaccurate results over time and consume disk space. as Therefore, you need a cache management strategy to manage changes to the underlying databases and to monitor cache entries. The choice of a cache management strategy depends on the volatility of the data in the underlying databases and the predictability of the changes that cause this volatility. It also depends on the number and types of queries that comprise your cache, as well as the usage those queries receive. Cache management techniques are provided in the following slides.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Cache Management Techniques • • • • • • • • • • •
Using Fusion Middleware Control to configure caching Using NQSConfig.ini to manually edit cache parameters Setting caching and cache persistence for tables Using the Cache Manager Inspecting SQL for cache entries Modifying the Cache Manager column display al Inspecting the cache reports e r t on Purging cache entries manually using the Cache Manager M A B D Purging cache entries automatically cฺ n I c Using event polling tables e b e Seeding the cache Qu lyฺ
2 on 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Cache Management Techniques e iv nsome U This slideelists of the techniques you can use to manage the query cache. Each l c technique is discussed in detail in subsequent slides. Ora
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Fusion Middleware Control to Configure Caching
Cache is enabled by default. Maximum number of cache entries in query cache
Maximum size for single cache entry
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o to Configure Caching si Control r C Using Fusion Middleware e niv Middleware Control to enable or disable query caching. The query cache You can useU Fusion is enabled cleby default. To use Enterprise Manager to enable or disable query caching, go to a r the OBusiness Intelligence Overview page, display the Performance tab of the Capacity Settings for clusteraware cache
Management page, click “Lock and Edit Configuration,” and select “Cache enabled.” To disable query caching, deselect “Cache enabled.” Apply and activate your changes. You also can use Fusion Middleware Control to set the maximum size for a single cache entry, as well as the maximum number of cache entries in the query cache. When the cache storage directories exceed the number specified in the Maximum cache entries parameter, the entries that are least recently used (LRU) are discarded to make space for new entries. In a clustered environment, Oracle BI Server can be configured to access a shared cache that is referred to as the cluster-aware cache. This cluster-aware cache, residing on a shared filesystem storage device, stores seeding and purging events as well as the result sets associated with the seeding events. You specify the physical location for storing cache entries shared across the cluster, as well as the maximum size for each global cache entry, using Fusion Middleware Control. The cluster-aware cache is not covered in greater detail in this course. For more information about caching in a clustered environment, see “About the Cluster-Aware Cache” in the System Administrator's Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using NQSConfig.ini to Manually Edit Cache Parameters
Specifies directories for query cache storage Controls maximum number of rows for any cache entry Rolls up aggregate from a previously executed query
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Edit Cache Parameters si to Manually r C Using NQSConfig.ini e nivmodified in Fusion Middleware Control are stored in the [CACHE] section U Cache parameters cle of the NQSConfig.ini configuration file. You can set additional query cache parameters in a r ONQSconfig.ini file, including the following: the DATA_STORAGE_PATHS: Specifies one or more directories for query cache storage, as well as the maximum size for each storage directory. These directories are used to store the cached query results and are accessed when a cache hit occurs. The cache storage directories should reside on high-performance storage devices, ideally devoted solely to cache storage. When the cache storage directories begin to fill up, the entries that are least recently used (LRU) are discarded to make space for new entries. MAX_ROWS_PER_CACHE_ENTRY: Controls the maximum number of rows for any cache entry. Limiting the number of rows is a useful way to avoid using up the cache space with runaway queries that return large numbers of rows. If the number of rows that a query returns is greater than the value specified in the MAX_ROWS_PER_CACHE_ENTRY parameter, the query is not cached. POPULATE_AGGREGATE_ROLLUP_HITS: Typically, if a query gets a cache hit from a previously executed query, the new query is not added to the cache. When set to YES, this parameter overrides this default when the cache hit occurs by rolling up an aggregate from a previously executed query. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Setting Caching and Cache Persistence for Tables •
Enable caching for a table so that any query involving the table is added to the cache. – All tables are cacheable by default.
•
Set cache persistence time to indicate how long entries for this table should be kept in the cache.
Make table cacheable.
l
a e r t on
Cache persistence
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i rsCache Co Setting Caching v and Persistence for Tables e i n U You can set a cacheable attribute for each physical table, enabling you to specify whether e l c queries for that table are added to the cache to answer future queries. If you enable caching Oaratable, any query involving the table is added to the cache. for All tables are cacheable by default, but some tables may not be good candidates to include in the cache unless you use the cache persistence time settings. For example, suppose that you have a table that stores stock ticker data that is updated every minute. You can use the cache persistence time settings to purge the entries for that table every 59 seconds. You can also use the “Cache persistence time” field to specify how long the entries for this table should be kept in the query cache. This is useful for data sources that are updated frequently. In other cases, however, it may not make sense to produce a cache at all when a table is queried against. In this case, an administrator can indicate that a table is non-cacheable by deselecting the Cacheable check box. With a table that is non-cacheable, any query against that table is not added to the cache. Defining tables as non-cacheable is generally done only when there are tables that change very frequently (such as a real-time subject area).
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using the Cache Manager • • • •
View information about the entire query cache or individual cache entries. Show, save, or copy cache SQL. Manually purge the cache entries. Open by selecting Manage > Cache in online mode. Cache hit
l
View cache by repository, business model, or user.
a e r t on
Cache entries Right-click to show, save, or copy SQL or to purge the entry.
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Using the CachevManager e ni can be viewed in online mode only. Select Manage > Cache to open the U The Cache Manager le cManager. Cache a r O The Cache Manager provides Oracle BI Server administrators the ability to view information about the entire query cache, as well as information about individual entries in the query cache associated with the open repository. It also provides the ability to select specific cache entries and perform various operations on those entries (such as viewing and saving the cached SQL call) or purge them. Click the Cache tab at the bottom of the left pane (not shown here) to view the cache entries for the current repository, business models, and users. The associated cache entries are reflected in the right pane, with the total number of entries shown in the View-Only field at the top. Cache hits are shown in the “Last used” column.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Inspecting SQL for Cache Entries The Cache Manager provides the ability to view the SQL for cache entries in a separate window to: • Evaluate SQL of queries that receive frequent hits • Search and troubleshoot SQL
l
a e r t on
Right-click cache entry and select Show SQL.
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺSearch or copy SQL. Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Entries r C Inspecting SQL for Cache e niv provides the ability to view the SQL for a cache entry in a separate U The Cache Manager e see the logical SQL used by the query, right-click the cache entry and select clTo window. a r O SQL or select the cache entry and select SQL > Show from the menu. The Find button Show and Find Again button enable you to search and troubleshoot complex queries. The SQL for a request can assist in evaluating cache statistics. For example, you realize that a cache entry has fulfilled 90 other requests, and you may want to know the SQL behind this entry to seed the cache requests that are just as effective.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Modifying the Cache Manager Column Display 1. Select Edit > Options. 2. Deselect a column to remove it from the display. 3. Use the Up and Down buttons to change the column order.
Select or deselect columns.
Change the column order.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i oColumn Display sManager r C Modifying the Cache e nivthe Cache Manager displays information. The Options window allows you U You can alter how clethe columns that you want the Cache Manager to display by selecting or to choose a r O deselecting the check boxes for the columns. You can also use the Up and Down buttons to set the order in which columns are displayed.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Inspecting Cache Reports Select Action > Show Info to display global cache information: • Query information • Storage information • NQSConfig.ini cache settings
Number of entries
l
a e r t on
NQSConfig settings
M A B
Storage information Number of queries satisfied or not satisfied from cache
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Inspecting Cacheve Reports ni U In the Cache Manager, select Action > Show, or right-click in the right pane and select Show e l c to display ra global cache information. This includes information such as: O • Number of entries currently in the cache • •
Number of queries satisfied by the cache Number of queries not satisfied
The report also includes cache settings, such as: • Maximum allowable number of entries in the cache • Storage space information • Maximum allowable number of rows per cache entry result set Administrators can use this information to monitor cache performance. For example, if a large number of queries are not being satisfied by the cache, this could affect overall performance.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Purging Cache Entries Manually Using the Cache Manager Purging is the process of deleting entries from the query cache.
l
a e r t on
M A Bentries for Cache mode: Purge entries Physical mode: Purge D ฺ associated with repository, tables associated with database, Inc or specific business model, or user. schema,ccatalog, table. e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Using the Cache Manager si Manually r C Purging Cache Entries e v nisithe U Purging cache process of deleting entries from the query cache. There are two methods e l c for manually deleting cache entries: ra O • Cache mode: Purge one or more selected cache entries associated with the open •
repository, a specified business model, or a specified user within a business model. Physical mode: Purge all cache entries for tables associated with one or more selected databases, one or more selected catalogs, one or more selected schemas, or all cache entries associated with one or more selected tables.
To purge cache entries, select the entries and then right-click and select purge, or select Edit > Purge. Purging cache entries manually gives the administrator the highest level of control over purging but is not necessarily the most efficient method. Automated methods for purging cache are discussed in the next slide.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Purging Cache Entries Automatically Cache entries can also be purged automatically by: • Setting the Cache persistence time field for a physical table • Filling up the allotted cache storage space • Setting up an event polling table
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Automatically r C Purging Cache Entries e iv nearlier U As you learned in this lesson, cache is automatically purged if certain conditions are e l c met.ra You can set cache persistence time to indicate how long entries for this table should be O in cache. You can also use cache parameters in NQSConfig.ini, such as kept MAX_CACHE_ENTRIES, to limit the total number of cache entries. When cache storage exceeds the specified number, entries that are least recently used are discarded, which essentially purges the cache. Another technique for automatically purging the cache is the use of event polling tables. This is discussed in more detail in the next slide.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Event Polling Tables •
Event polling tables store information about updates in the underlying databases. • Oracle BI Server polls tables at set intervals and purges any stale cache entries that reference the updated tables. • Using event polling tables can be the sole method of cache management or can be used with other cache-management techniques. • Event tables require a fixed schema. al e r t Caution: Because there is a polling interval in which the cache on M is not completely up to date, there is always the potential BA for D stale data in the cache. cฺ
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Using Event Polling ive Tables n U (such as an application that loads data into a data mart) can be configured to An application e l c addrrows to an event polling table each time a database table is updated. Oracle BI Server O athis table at set intervals and purges any stale cache entries that reference the tables. polls
The event table is a physical table that resides on a database accessible to Oracle BI Server. Regardless of where it resides—in its own database or in a database with other tables—it requires a fixed schema. It is normally exposed only in the Physical layer of the Administration Tool, where it is identified in the Physical Table dialog box as being an Oracle BI Server event table. The use of event tables is one of the most accurate ways of invalidating stale cache entries, and it is probably the most reliable method. It does, however, require the event table to be populated each time a database table is updated. Also, because there is a polling interval in which the cache is not completely up to date, there is always the potential for stale data in the cache. Note: Setting up polling tables is beyond the scope of this course.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Seeding the Cache Seeding is the process of pre-populating the cache with queries that are known to generate cache hits. • Helps improve query performance – Use queries that heavily consume database processing and are likely to be reused.
•
Is performed by running prebuilt queries during off hours or immediately after purging – Manually by using the Oracle BI user interface al – Automatically by using the Oracle BI scheduler to schedulentre Mo queries to run at a specified time
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Seeding the Cache ive n U advantages of seeding the cache is the improvement of query performance. One of the main e l c A good strategy, therefore, is to seed the cache during off hours by running queries and Ora their results. A good seeding strategy requires knowing when cache hits occur so that caching you can seed the cache with the appropriate queries. The best queries for seeding the cache are queries that heavily consume database processing resources or that are likely to be reused. For example, seed the cache with queries that have many joins or a great deal of sorting, or with queries that are used frequently throughout the business day. Be careful not to seed the cache with simple queries that return many rows and require very little database processing.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Cache Hit Conditions A cache hit occurs only when certain conditions are met, such as the following: • Query WHERE clause constraints need to be equivalent to the cached results or to a subset of the results. • All the columns in the SELECT list of a new query must exist in the cached query or they must be able to be calculated from the columns in the query. • Join conditions must be equivalent. al e r t • Queries that request an aggregated level of informationon M can use cached results at a lower level of aggregation. A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Cache Hit Conditions e v nisienabled, U When caching each query is evaluated to see if it qualifies for a cache hit. A cache e l c hit means ra that Oracle BI Server was able to use the cache to answer the query and did not go toO the database. The slide contains only a partial list of cache hit conditions. For a full list, see the System Administrator's Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 21
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to manage the Oracle BI Server query cache.
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 22
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 20-1 Overview: Enabling Query Caching This practice covers the following topics: • Enabling query caching • Using the Cache Manager • Using the query log to verify cache hits and non-hits
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Query Caching si Enabling r C Practice 20-1 Overview: e iv nMiddleware U You use Fusion Control to enable query caching and to create and run analyses. e l c Yourthen use the Cache Manager and the query log to inspect cache entries and analyze O ahits and non-hits. cache
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 23
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 20-2 Overview: Modifying Cache Parameters This practice covers the following topics: • Modifying cache parameters • Making tables non-cacheable • Modifying Cache Manager display options • Purging cache entries manually
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Cache Parameters si Modifying r C Practice 20-2 Overview: e niv Manager to inspect the cache parameters. You then modify the number of U You use the Cache e as well as the number of cache entries allowed. In addition to modifying cache clcache rowsra per O parameters, you make certain tables non-cacheable.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 24
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 20-3 Overview: Seeding the Cache This practice covers the following topics: • Creating a query to seed the cache • Creating, scheduling, and delivering an agent to seed the cache
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o the Cache si Seeding r C Practice 20-3 Overview: e niv requests that are used frequently by sales representatives. To improve U You haveeidentified cl you want to seed the cache with this data. performance, a r O In this practice, you create and save a query to populate the cache and then you create an agent to seed the cache. During this process, you use a programmatic ODBC call to purge the cache.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 20 - 25
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Managing Usage Tracking
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives After completing this lesson, you should be able to: • Identify the need for usage tracking • Set up and administer Oracle BI usage tracking
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Challenges •
When it is first deployed, Oracle BI may not be optimized for the querying that actually occurs: – End-user queries may not match what is expected, so the cache is not seeded with appropriate queries. – Additional aggregate tables may need to be created to speed up query processing.
•
Your company may need to track database usage on a user or departmental level: – Users may be charged for database use. – Regulatory requirements may require usage tracking.
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 3
l
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution: Oracle BI Usage Tracking • •
Tracks and stores Oracle BI Server usage at the detailed query level Supports the accumulation of usage tracking statistics that can be used in a variety of ways, such as: – Database performance optimization – Aggregation strategies – Billing users or departments based on the resources they consume
al
Provides ability to analyze usage results with end-user ntre o reporting tools AM
•
B
D ฺ c n
I c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI Usage Tracking Methods There are two methods for enabling usage tracking: • Direct insertion (recommended approach) – Oracle BI Server inserts statistics for every query directly into a relational database table.
•
Log file – Oracle BI Server inserts statistics for every query into a log file.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Methods r C Oracle BI Usage Tracking e v niusage U When you enable tracking, statistics for every query are inserted into a database table or eto a usage tracking l c are written log file. If you use direct insertion, Oracle BI Server directly inserts a r O the usage tracking data into a relational database table. It is recommended that you use direct insertion to write statistics to a database table.
Only the direct insertion method is discussed in this lesson. For more information about setting up a log file to collect usage tracking information, see the System Administrator’s Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
ABC Example Set up Oracle BI usage tracking to track and store usage statistics at the detailed query level.
Username
Date
Time
Subject area
Logical SQL
Row count
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Enable Usage Tracking 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Create the usage tracking table. Import the usage tracking table. Build a usage tracking business model. Enable usage tracking. Enable direct insertion. Set the physical table parameter. Set the connection pool parameter. Set additional parameters. Test the results.
l
a e r t on
D ฺ c In
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o siTracking r C Steps to Enable Usage e iv nfollowing U The steps in the slides enable usage tracking using the direct insertion method. e l c Ora
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Create the Usage Tracking Table •
Use the provided SAACCT..sql script to create the S_NQ_ACCT usage tracking table.
•
This table stores the usage tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 1. Create the Usage Tracking Table e niv The following U folder contains CREATE TABLE scripts for Oracle, DB2, SQL Server, and Teradata: cle \bifoundation\OracleBIServerComponent\coreapplication_o a r O bis1\schema The sample scripts set the usage tracking table name to S_NQ_ACCT. For sites that have Oracle BI Applications, this is the name used in the Oracle BI repository. Sites that build their own repositories may change the name of the usage tracking table. The table name must match the name used in the corresponding repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Import the Usage Tracking Table Import the usage tracking table into the Physical layer.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 2. Import the Usage Tracking Table e niv to import the S_NQ_ACCT usage tracking table into the Physical layer of Use known techniques U cle As shown in the screenshot, you can create a new database object, connection the repository. a r O and schema for usage tracking. pool,
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Build a Usage Tracking Business Model Build a usage tracking business model using the columns in the S_NQ_ACCT table:
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Enable Usage Tracking Modify the NQSConfig.ini file to enable usage tracking.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 4. Enable Usage Tracking e niv The ENABLE U parameter in the USAGE_TRACKING section of the NQSConfig.ini file enables or le ccollection disables of usage tracking statistics. Valid values are YES and NO. The default value is a r OWhen it is set to NO, statistics are not accumulated. When it is set to YES, statistics are NO. accumulated for each logical query.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Enable Direct Insertion Set the DIRECT_INSERT parameter to YES to specify that statistics are inserted directly into a database table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 5. Enable Direct Insertion e niv file, the DIRECT_INSERT parameter specifies whether statistics are In the NQSConfig.ini U le into a database table or written to a local file. When DIRECT_INSERT is set to NO, cdirectly inserted a r O is written to a flat file. When DIRECT_INSERT is set to YES, data is inserted into a table. Note data that this parameter is operative only if ENABLE = YES. Direct insertion into a database table is recommended; therefore, the default value is YES.
When DIRECT_INSERT is set to YES, the following other parameters in NQSConfig.ini become valid: PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME, CONNECTION_POOL, BUFFER_SIZE, BUFFER_TIME_LIMIT_SECONDS, NUM_INSERT_THREADS, and MAX_INSERTS_PER_TRANSACTION. These parameters are discussed in detail in the following slides. When DIRECT_INSERT is set to NO, the following other parameters in NQSConfig.ini become valid: STORAGE_DIRECTORY, CHECKPOINT_INTERVAL_MINUTES, FILE_ROLLOVER_INTERVAL_MINUTES, and CODE_PAGE. These parameters are relevant only when the log file method of usage tracking is enabled; they are not discussed in this course. For more information about them, see the System Administrator’s Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
6. Set the Physical Table Parameter •
•
Set the PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME parameter to specify the table into which to insert records corresponding to the query statistics. The table name is the fully qualified name as it appears in the Physical layer of the Administration Tool.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Parameter Co 6. Set the Physicalve Table ni In the NQSConfig.ini file, scroll to the “Parameters used for inserting data into a table” section U ethe PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME l c and locate parameter. To insert query statistics information into a a r O you must provide the fully qualified physical table name of the table. The fully qualified table, physical table name consists of up to four components (database name, catalog name, schema name, and table name). Each component is surrounded by double quotes (") and separated by a period (.). This fully qualified physical table name must match a table name in the physical layer of the loaded repository. Two format options are provided for the PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME parameter. One has three components and one has four components. In the example in the slide, the fully qualified path to the usage tracking physical table consists of three components: a database component (ABC Usage Tracking), a schema component (ABC Usage Tracking Schema), and a physical table (S_NQ_ACCT).
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
7. Set the Connection Pool Parameter •
•
Set the CONNECTION_POOL parameter to specify the connection pool to use for inserting records into the usage tracking table. The connection pool is the fully qualified name as it appears in the Physical layer of the Administration Tool.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sPool r C 7. Set the Connection Parameter e niv file, set the CONNECTION_POOL parameter to specify the connection pool In the NQSConfig.ini U e clinserting to useafor records into the usage tracking table. The fully-specified connection pool name r Otwo parts: database object name and connection pool name. Each part is surrounded by has double quotes (") and separated by a period (.). In the example in the slide the parameter is the following: “ABC Usage Tracking".“ABC Usage Tracking Connection Pool“; The fully qualified connection pool name should match a connection pool name in the physical layer of the loaded repository. For Usage Tracking inserts to succeed, the connection pool must be configured with a user ID that has write access to the back-end database.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
8. Set Additional Parameters •
BUFFER_SIZE – Amount of memory that is used to store insert statements temporarily
•
BUFFER_TIME_LIMIT_SECONDS – Maximum amount of time that an insert statement remains in the buffer before it is issued to the usage tracking table
•
NUM_INSERT_THREADS – Number of threads that remove insert statements from the buffer and issue them to the usage tracking table
•
MAX_INSERTS_PER_TRANSACTION
l
a e r t on
M A B
Dtransaction – Number of records to group together as a single ฺ c when inserting into the usage tracking e table c In
eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C 8. Set Additional Parameters er v i n • BUFFER_SIZE the amount of memory that is used to temporarily store insert U Thespecifies e statements. buffer allows the insert statements to be issued to the usage tracking table l c a r independently of the query that produced the statistics to be inserted. When the buffer is full, O •
•
•
subsequent query statistics are discarded until insert threads service the buffer entries. Example: BUFFER_SIZE = 10 MB ; BUFFER_TIME_LIMIT_SECONDS specifies the maximum amount of time that an insert statement remains in the buffer before it is issued to the usage tracking table. This time limit ensures that Oracle BI Server issues the insert statements in a timely manner even during periods of extended quiescence. Example: BUFFER_TIME_LIMIT_SECONDS = 5 ; NUM_INSERT_THREADS specifies the number of threads that remove insert statements from the buffer and issues them to the usage tracking table. The number of threads should not exceed the total number of threads assigned to the connection pool. Example: NUM_INSERT_THREADS = 5 ; MAX_INSERTS_PER_TRANSACTION specifies the number of records to group together as a single transaction when inserting into the usage tracking table. Increasing the number may slightly increase performance, but it also increases the possibility of inserts being rejected due to deadlocks in the database. Example: MAX_INSERTS_PER_TRANSACTION = 1 ;
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
9. Test the Results
Use the Usage Tracking subject area to build and run queries:
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Analyzing Usage Tracking Data •
Watch for long-running queries (typically ad hoc): – End users may need training. – You might need to assign query blocking or restrictions on how long queries can run or how many records are returned. – The database may require additional indexes or tuning.
•
Perform usage audits for: – Regulatory compliance – Security
l
a e r t • Determine whether a query should be used to seed theon M cache or be removed from the cache-seeding queries. A B D ฺ • Identify aggregation strategies. Inc c eresources that they b • Bill users or departments based on the e Qu lyฺ consume. 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r DataC Analyzing Usage Tracking ive n Why do you want e U to track usage? l c It is helpful ra from an administrative and maintenance perspective to be able to identify: O • Users who may need training • •
Better ways to bullet-proof the use of the application Candidate columns for indexing
Some organizations have strict security guidelines that require the ability to know who queried the data warehouse and when it was queried. In some cases, this information can be used to monitor and enforce regulatory compliance. Queries that are being run and rerun may be candidates for cache seeding.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this lesson, you should have learned how to: • Identify the need for usage tracking • Set up and administer Oracle BI usage tracking
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 21-1 Overview: Setting Up Usage Tracking This practice covers setting up and administering usage tracking.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oUp Usage Tracking si Setting r C Practice 21-1 Overview: e iv nsupports U Oracle BI Server the accumulation of usage tracking statistics that can be used in a e such as database lways c varietyaof optimization, aggregation strategies, or billing users or r O
departments based on the resources they consume. Oracle BI Server tracks usage at the detailed query level. In this practice, ABC wants to monitor the queries generated by users to help identify performance improvement areas. You use the recommended usage tracking approach, which is to track statistics by loading them directly into a database table rather than a log file. You use a provided script to create the necessary database table, modify the NQSConfig.ini file to support usage tracking, and test the results.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 21 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Setting Up and Using the Multiuser Development Environment
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives After completing this lesson, you should be able to: • Set up an Oracle BI multiuser development environment • Describe the multiuser development environment functionality • Develop a repository with multiple developers
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Challenge By default, the Oracle BI repository development environment is not set up for multiple users. • Multiple developers working in online mode lock each other out as they check out objects. • This causes inefficiency and potential conflicts while other developers wait for access to the repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Business Challenge e iv nOracle U By default, the BI repository development environment is not set up for multiple users. e l c Online a editing makes it possible for multiple developers to work simultaneously. However, if Orare they working on the same business model, they lock each other out as they check out objects for editing. This is an inefficient approach to repository development and can result in conflicts as developers may potentially overwrite each other’s work. A more efficient development environment would permit developers to modify a repository simultaneously and then check in changes.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution: Oracle BI Multiuser Development Environment (MUDE) •
The Oracle BI MUDE permits multiple users to work with the repository simultaneously: – Users edit local copies of the repository. – Changes are saved locally and then merged to the master repository.
•
The MUDE breaks the repository into manageable pieces known as projects. – Multiple users can work on the same or different projects. al – Single users can improve efficiency by working on smaller ntre subsets of the repository. Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Business Solution: ive Oracle BI Multiuser Development Environment (MUDE) n U multiple developers to work on repository objects from the same repository Oracle BIe enables l c during ragroup development of Oracle BI applications. O For example, after completing an implementation, the administrator might want to deploy Oracle BI to other functional areas of the company. In this example, multiple developers need to work concurrently on subsets of the metadata and merge these subsets back into a master repository without conflicts in the developers’ work. In another example, a single developer might manage all development. For simplicity and performance, this developer might want to use an Oracle BI MUDE to maintain metadata code in smaller chunks instead of in a large repository. In both situations, this is accomplished by creating projects in the repository file in the Administration Tool and then copying this repository file to a shared network directory. Developers can check out projects, make changes, and then merge the changes into the master repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI Repository Development Process Adheres to the classic Software Configuration Management (SCM) process: • It is conceptually and functionally analogous to processes found in pure-play source control systems. • Developers can check out, work on, and merge from the master code repository. • Oracle BI enables and manages checkout, merging, conflict resolution, logging, code compares, version al e r backups, and so on. t n
o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o Process sDevelopment r C Oracle BI Repository e iv nwork U Developers can simultaneously on repository development, managing the process with e l c utilities and interfaces in the Administration Tool. Ora
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
SCM Three-Way Merge Process •
Manages concurrent development – Highly restrictive alternative is serial development.
• •
Permits changes to the same file by multiple developers Requires merging and reconciliation: – Most merging is automatic; changes generally do not conflict. – Conflicts require manual intervention.
•
Creates a fourth “merged” file based on two changed files, which are base-lined against a common parent file Original file File version 1
l
a e r t on
File version 2
D ฺ c In
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Process Co SCM Three-Way v Merge e ni Configuration Management (SCM) process uses a three-way merge to U The classic Software e clconcurrent manage development. This permits changes to the same file by multiple a r O developers. Changes are managed by merge and reconciliation. Merged file File version 1 + File version 2
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI Repository Three-Way Merge Process Conceptually identical to classic SCM three-way merge: • Oracle BI repository is stored as a file (.rpd). • Merge is managed by using the Administration Tool. Original.rpd Current.rpd
Modified.rpd
l
a e r t on
Merged.rpd Current.rpd + Modified.rpd
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o Merge Process sThree-Way r C Oracle BI Repository e niv U The Oracle BI repository is stored as a file. Developers check out the file and make changes e l c locally. Changes are then merged into a final, merged repository file. Ora
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Multiuser Development Projects •
Projects: – Are subsets of repository metadata – Consist of Presentation layer subject areas and their associated logical facts, dimensions, application roles, users, variables, and initialization blocks – Can overlap with other projects
•
The recommended practice is to create projects of manageable size based on individual logical star schemas l in the business model. trea
n
B
o AM
D ฺ c n
I c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Overview: Oracle BI Multiuser Development The developer: 1. Checks out projects from the master repository 2. Makes changes in the local (current) repository 3. Merges the local changes 4. Publishes to the network
Original Master.rpd 1 Original.rpd
2
Current.rpd
Modified.rpd 3
l
Merged.rpd Current.rpd + Modified.rpd 4
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
cMaster.rpd e New b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si rMultiuser CoDevelopment Overview: OraclevBI e ni U The Oracle BI multiuser development process follows a purposeful three-way merge. The e l c developer ra performs the following steps: O 1. Check out projects from the master repository, which is stored in the shared multiuser directory. An unalterable copy of the checked out repository (original.rpd) is automatically retained by the system for use during the merge. 2. Make changes in the local (current) version of the repository. The modified repository contains changes by other developers between checkout and merge. 3. Merge the local changes. The original master repository may have changed through concurrent development since checkout. A copy of the latest master repository (modified) is automatically retrieved by the system and compared with the current and original repositories in a three-way merge. The modified master repository is automatically locked by the system to prevent issues during merge. If there are any configuration conflicts during the merger, the developer resolves them manually. 4. Publish the new master repository to the network. The system automatically moves the merged repository to the shared multiuser directory and removes the locks. The merged repository is the new master repository. This slide provides an overview of the process. Each step is covered in detail later in this lesson. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
ABC Example ABC wants multiple developers to be able to modify objects in the SupplierSales subject area simultaneously.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Set Up an Oracle BI MUDE 1. 2. 3. 4.
Create projects. Edit projects. Set up a shared network directory. Copy the master repository to the shared directory.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si BICMUDE r Steps to Set Up an Oracle e niv the high-level steps for setting up an Oracle BI multiuser development U This slideeidentifies cl (MUDE). Each step is covered in detail in the following slides. environment a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Create Projects Select Manage > Projects to open the Project Manager. Then select Action > New Project.
Selected objects are added to the project.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Select business models, subject areas or logical fact tables in the subject areas.
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 1. Create Projects e nivin the Administration Tool, select Manage > Projects to open the Project U To createeprojects cl Then select Action > New Project. The left pane contains the objects that are Manager. a r O available to be placed in a project. The right pane contains the objects that you select to be part of the project. Enter a name for the project. Build the project by adding subject areas or logical fact tables to the project. You can group facts by subject area or by business model. You can select one or more logical fact tables in the business model that are related to the subject area and then click Add. Or you can select a subject area and then click Add. The Administration Tool adds all the logical fact tables automatically. Adding a subject area includes all fact tables and dependencies in the subject area. Adding a logical fact table includes the subject area containing the table. In both cases, logical dimension tables joined to the logical fact tables are implicitly included, even though they do not appear in the right pane. In the example in the slide, a new project called SupplierSales Project is created. The SupplierSales subject area and the related fact table, Fact-Sales, are added to the project.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Edit Projects • •
Remove unwanted objects from the project. Add other metadata (such as users, initialization blocks, or variables) to the project.
Add other metadata to the project.
l
Remove unwanted objects.
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
2. Edit Projects
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
To remove objects from the project, select the object in the right pane and then click Remove.
c a r O
To add additional metadata objects, select the object in the left pane and click Add, or doubleclick the object in the left pane. Add additional subject areas, application roles, users, variables, or initialization blocks needed for the project.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Set Up a Shared Network Directory The administrator must identify or create a shared network directory that all developers can access.
l
All developers must have access to the shared directory.
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 3. Set Up a Shared Network Directory e nivmust identify or create a shared network directory that all developers can U The administrator le then copy the appropriate repository files to that location. This shared network cand access a r O is used only for multiuser development for the master repository. This directory directory typically contains copies of master repositories that multiple developers access during check in and check out. Developers create a pointer to this directory when they set up the Administration Tool on their machines. This directory must be accessible to all developers and repository servers. Note: The administrator must set up a separate, shared network directory that is dedicated to multiuser development. If it is not set up and used as specified, critical repository files can be unintentionally overwritten and repository data can be lost. In the practices for this lesson, the shared directory is a local directory, D:\RPD. This is the example used in the remaining slides.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Copy the Master Repository to the Shared Directory Copy the master repository file and paste it in the directory that you have dedicated to multiuser development.
Copy the master repository to the shared directory.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oto the Shared Directory si r C 4. Copy the Master Repository e v nirepository U Copy the e master file and paste it in the directory that you have dedicated to l c multiuser development. Projects from this master repository are extracted and downloaded by Ora the developers, who make changes and then merge them back into the master repository. After you copy the repository to the shared network directory, you can notify developers that the multiuser development environment is ready for use.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Making Changes in an Oracle BI MUDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Point to the multiuser directory. Check out projects. Tasks performed by Administration Tool during checkout Change metadata. Multiuser options during development Merge local changes. Make merge decisions. al e Publish to network. r t on M Track project history. A
B
D ฺ c n
I c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Making Changesvin i e an Oracle BI MUDE n U the high-level steps and processes that occur when you make changes in This slideeidentifies l c an Oracle BI multiuser development environment. Each step is covered in detail in the Ora slides. following
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Point to the Multiuser Directory Before checking out projects, each developer must set up the Administration Tool application to point to the multiuser development directory.
Shared directory User name
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Directory r C 1. Point to the Multiuser e iv nOptions U Select Tools > and then click the Multiuser tab. e l c a Ther“Multiuser development directory” field is mandatory. It must be completed by any user O who wants to use the multiuser development (MUD) feature and must be set to the directory on the network shared with other MUD developers. Use the Browse button to navigate to the directory or enter the directory path. The Administration Tool stores this path in a hidden Windows registry setting on the developer’s workstation and uses it during checkout and check in. The “Full name” field is optional. If a user enters a name here, the value is used by default in the “Full name” field of the repository Lock Information dialog box (discussed later). For convenience and tracking, each MUD developer should enter a full name. The value is stored in the HKEY_CURRENT_USER part of the registry and is, therefore, unique for each login.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Check Out Projects Select File > Multiuser > Checkout and select the desired project or projects.
1. Enter password for shared repository.
3. Provide name for extracted repository.
l
a e r t on
2. Select project.
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 2. Check Out Projects e naivpointer to the multiuser development default directory, a developer can U After setting up clethe desired projects. check out a r O 4. Extracted repository is displayed with subset of metadata.
•
• •
• •
To check out projects, select File > Multiuser > Checkout. The Checkout option is available only when there is a multiuser development directory defined on the Multiuser tab of the Options dialog box. The developer is presented with a dialog box asking for the repository password. After entering the password, the developer is presented with a dialog box to select the project or projects to import. If there is only one project in the master repository, it is chosen by default and no dialog box is presented to the user. In this example, there are two projects. After selecting a project or projects, the user must enter the name of the new, extracted repository, which is stored in the user’s local directory. The extracted repository is displayed with the subset of metadata from the SupplierSales Project. Note that it contains only the SupplierSales subject area and business model. The other ABC subject areas and business models are not shown. Note also that the SupplierSales subject area and business model contain only the Fact-Sales fact table. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Administration Tool Tasks During Checkout • •
•
Saves a local copy of the selected projects in a new repository in the local directory Saves a second local copy of projects in the new repository in the local directory with original as the prefix Local directory Tracks transactions in a log after extract
l
Local copy of new repository
a e r t on
M A Second copy of new repository with original prefix B D ฺ nc I c Log e b e Qu lyฺ 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C 3. AdministrationvTool i e Tasks During Checkout n During checkout, e U the Administration Tool performs the following tasks: l c • ra In the developer’s local \coreapplication_obis1\repository directory, the O Administration Tool saves a local copy of the selected projects in a new repository. In •
this example, the new repository is named JCRUZ.rpd. The developer makes metadata changes in this file. In the developer’s local \coreapplication_obis1\repository directory, the Administration Tool saves a second local copy of the new repository, adding original as the prefix, to enable changed projects to be compared with original projects locally. In this example, the local copy is named originalJCRUZ.rpd.
All changes are tracked in the log, which is SharedABC.rpd.Log in this example. Caution: When a developer selects and saves projects to a local repository file, the Administration Tool does not place a lock on the projects in the master repository on the shared network drive. Therefore, nothing physically prevents others from working on the same project. To determine if a project has been checked out, you need to check the multiuser development log in the log viewer (discussed later in this lesson).
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Change Metadata Change metadata as you would during single-user development, with the exception of physical connection settings.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 4. Change Metadata e iv n U Most changes that can be made to standard repository files are also supported for local e l c repository files. Developers can add new logical columns, logical tables, change table Ora logical table sources, and so on. In this example, the Customer presentation definitions, table is deleted. Developers may also work simultaneously on the same project locally. It is important to note, however, that Oracle BI assumes that the individual developer understands the implications that these changes might have on the master repository. For example, if a developer deletes an object in a local repository, this change is propagated to the master repository without a warning prompt. Physical connection settings should not be modified in a local repository. To prevent developers from overwriting passwords and other important objects in the master repository, the physical connection settings, security settings, and database feature table changes are not retained in a multiuser development merge. After making changes to a local repository, the developer can load the modified repository and test the edited metadata. Note: All repository connection information specified in the repository metadata (ODBC, OCI, and so on) must also exist on the developer’s workstation.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Multiuser Options During Development The following multiuser options are enabled when the local, extracted repository is open: • Compare with Original – Launches a dialog box that compares the local version of the original repository with the subset repository
•
Discard Local Changes – Discards changes to the local repository without checking in
•
Merge Local Changes – Launches a dialog box to merge local changes with the master repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sDuring r C 5. Multiuser Options Development e nivopens the local version of the extracted repository, the following multiuser U When a developer le enabled: care options a r O • Compare with Original launches a compare repositories dialog box, which compares • •
the local version of original repository with the subset repository. Discard Local Changes closes the repository and discards any changes to the local repository without checking in changes. Merge Local Changes first presents a Lock Information dialog box to lock the master repository in the shared directory, and then opens the standard Merge dialog box.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 21
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
6. Merge Local Changes
1. Select Merge Local Changes.
4. Local copy of master repository opens.
2. Provide lock information.
3. Provide description of changes.
l
a e r t on
5. CSV file with changes
M A B
D6. Subset of ฺ c In changes to master
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 6. Merge Local Changes e niv to the local repository, the developer begins the check-in process by U After making changes cleMultiuser > Merge Local Changes. When the check-in process begins, the following selecting a r O
actions occur: • The Administration Tool determines whether the master repository is currently locked. If not, it locks the master repository (preventing other developers from performing a merge until the current merge is complete) and records the lock in the log. For other developers, the Multiuser Development > Merge Local Changes option on the File menu is unavailable until the current check-in process has been successfully completed. • If there had been any conflicts, the Merge Repository Wizard would have opened and displayed the Define Merge Strategy window. You would then make merge decisions about whether to include or exclude objects by choosing Current or Modified from the Decision list. You learn more about this process later in this lesson. • A local version of the master repository opens. • The Administration Tool automatically creates a comma-separated value file in the local repository directory on the developer’s machine. This file lists changes made to the master repository during the merge. • A new file is created in the shared master repository directory with a modified subset of the master repository. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 22
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
7. Make Merge Decisions
Merge decision
Customer table exists in the original and modified repositories but not in the current repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 7. Make Merge Decisions e niv when a developer selects File > Multiuser > Merge Local Changes, the If there are conflicts U developer clehas to make decisions about what to do with the changes. a r IfO there are conflicts, the Merge Repository Wizard opens and compares the original
repository, the modified repository, and the local version of the current shared repository, which was opened when the developer selected Merge Local Changes. In this example, the original and modified repositories have a Customer presentation table that is not in the current shared repository. This means that the first developer made this change and checked in the project while the second developer had the project checked out. At this point, a decision must be made about how to proceed with the merge. The dialog box gives the developer the option of accepting or not accepting the changes in the master repository. Selecting Modified means that the developer retains the changes in the modified repository and overwrites other developers’ work in the current repository. Selecting Current means that the developer accepts the changes by other developers in the current local version of the master repository. The developer must select either Current or Modified. Changes cannot be combined. Thus, if two developers modify the same object at the same time, one developer’s changes are lost. In this example, the second developer selects Modified, which means that the Customer table is added back to the master repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 23
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
8. Publish to Network Select File > Multiuser > “Publish to Network” to commit changes to the master repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 8. Publish to Network. e niv U The next e step is to commit changes to the master repository. To commit changes to the l crepository master in the multiuser development directory, select File > Multiuser > “Publish to a r O Network,” and then click OK. The local copy of the master repository closes and the master repository in the multiuser development directory is overwritten with the copy of the repository containing the developer's changes. Notice that you also have the option to discard local changes or undo merge at this point.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 24
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
9. Track Project History Project history is stored in a log viewer.
b. Select master repository. a. File > Multiuser > History
c. Repository password
d. Multi User History dialog box
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 9. Track Project History e niv U All projectelog events are stored in a log viewer: cl viewer is accessed by selecting File > Multiuser > History. This menu item is a.ra The O available only when the Oracle BI Administration Tool is open with no repository file open. b. When this menu item is selected, the user sees the Multiuser Development History dialog box. This dialog box lists all master repositories in the shared Multiuser Development Directory specified in the Options dialog box. If no directory is specified in the Options dialog box, the History menu item is disabled. If the directory contained only one master repository, it would be selected by default and no Multiuser Development History dialog box would be presented to the user. c. After the repository has been selected, the user is prompted to fill in the user ID and the password for the latest version of the master repository. d. After successful login, the Multi User History dialog box is displayed with the different versions of the projects listed.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 25
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
History Menu Options Use menu options to navigate and view history.
Details
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C History Menu Options e niv • View >U Repository loads the selected master version of the repository to the cle Administration Tool in read-only mode. a r O •
•
• •
View > Prior to Merge > Projects loads the selected version of the modified subset repository to the Administration Tool in read-only mode. View > Prior to Merge > Changes compares the modified subset repository of a selected version with the original subset repository. It opens the modified subset of the shared repository and displays the Compare Repositories dialog box with all changes made by the user in the selected version. View > Details displays the detail log for the selected version or multiple selected versions, or all details if no version is selected. The slide shows an example. View > Conflict Resolution loads all necessary repositories of the selected version and shows the Merge dialog box in read-only mode with all selected decisions as they were during the Merge Local Changes activity at that time. The Conflict Resolution check box must be selected in the dialog box for this menu item to be enabled. Otherwise, there is nothing to show because there were no decisions made by the user.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 26
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Deleting History Items The Delete menu item is available only to administrators who are defined in a hidden option file in the MUD directory.
l
Hidden option file
Stored in MUD directory
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i Co ers Deleting Historyiv Items n item is available only to an administrator. Administrators are defined in a U The Delete menu le option file in the MUD directory. The file has to have a hidden flag. The file can chidden special a r have O network access privileges set to be accessed only by the MUD administrator(s). The file
must have the same base name as the master repository, but the extension is .opt. For example, for \network\RPD\SharedABC.rpd, the administrator can create the hidden file named \network\RPD\SharedABC.opt. The option file is a normal text file in the following format: [Options] Admin=admin1;admin2 Administrators are defined by their network login name. There may be more than one administrator. In this case, administrator names are separated by semicolons. Example: [Options] Admin=Administrator;MWEST;JMEYER An administrator can delete the whole MUD history or the oldest 1 to n versions. It is not possible to delete version(s) in the middle of the history. For example, an administrator cannot delete version 3 if there are versions 2 and 1. If an administrator deletes the entire MUD history, version counting restarts from version 1. If an administrator leaves one or more versions in the history, the version number remains the same as it was last time. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 27
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this lesson, you should have learned how to: • Set up an Oracle BI multiuser development environment • Describe multiuser development environment functionality • Develop a repository with multiple developers
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 28
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 22-1 Overview: Setting Up a Multiuser Development Environment This practice covers the following topics: • Creating projects • Copying a master repository to a shared directory • Setting a multiuser shared directory
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oUp a Multiuser Development Environment si Setting r C Practice 22-1 Overview: e niv to using multiuser development environments for its developers. You U ABC is accustomed le development platform to support multiuser development and then configure two cthe prepare a r O to act as developers to test the environment. users
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 29
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 22-2 Overview: Using a Multiuser Development Environment This practice covers the following topics: • Checking out projects • Modifying project metadata • Checking in projects • Publishing changes to the network • Merging changes • Checking project history
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oa Multiuser Development Environment si Using r C Practice 22-2 Overview: e iv ntwo U In this practice, developers, JCRUZ and AZIFF, work in the Oracle BI multiuser e l c development environment and modify the same project simultaneously, including checking Ora
out and checking in projects and merging metadata. This requires you to have two instances of the Oracle BI Administration Tool running at the same time.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 22 - 30
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Configuring Write Back in Analyses
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to configure write back in analyses.
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Write Back in Analyses Provides users of a dashboard page or an analysis with the ability to modify the data that they see in a table view DOLLARS column is enabled for write back.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Write Back in Analyses e niv page or an analysis have the ability to modify the data that they see in a U Users of a dashboard cleThis ability is often referred to as write back. In the example in the slide, the DOLLARS table view. a r O is enabled for write back. column As a repository developer, you assist the system administrator and content designer in configuring write back for users.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Configure Write Back 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Create a physical table with write back columns. Import the write back table. Enable write back for the connection pool. Enable write back for logical columns. Set write back permissions in the Presentation layer. Enable write back in instanceconfig.xml. Create a write back template. Store the write back template. Grant write back privileges. Create an analysis with columns enabled for write back.A B D ฺ Override the default data format. Inc c Enable write back in the table view. e b e Verify results. Qu yฺ
2 onl 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co
e
le
c a r O
iv Un
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 4
l
M
a e r t on
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Create a Physical Table with Write Back Columns • •
Create a physical table in the database that has a column for each write back field needed. For optimum security, store write back database tables in a unique database instance.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Back Columns si withCWrite r 1. Create a Physical Table e iv nyou In this example, a D1_FORECAST table in the SUPPLIER2 schema. You then configure U e columncreate l c the DOLLARS to be the write back column. a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Import the Write Back Table • •
Import the write back table into the Physical layer of the repository. Disable the Make Table Cacheable property for the physical table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 2. Import Write Back Table e niv Tool, import the write back table into the Physical layer of the repository. U Using the Administration ctheleCacheable property for the physical table. This ensures that data written back to the Disable a r O database is displayed to the user and is not a cached value. In this example, the Cacheable object is deselected for the D1_FORECAST table in the Physical layer of the repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Enable Write Back for the Connection Pool Set properties on the Write Back tab in the Connection Pool dialog box.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si the Connection r C 3. Enable Write Back for Pool e iv n In the Physical layer, double-click the connection pool to open the Connection Pool dialog box. e UBack l c Click the Write tab. If you are using an Oracle data source, you can accept the defaults, a r O are shown in the screenshot: TT is selected for the temporary table prefix, buffer size = 32, which and transaction boundary = 10.
Prefix: When the Oracle BI Server creates a temporary table, these are the first two characters in the temporary table name. The default value is TT. Owner: Table owner name that is used to qualify a temporary table name in a SQL statement (for example, to create the owner.tablename table). If this field is blank, the user name specified in the writeable connection pool is used to qualify the table name, and the Shared Logon field on the General tab should also be set. Database name: Database where the temporary table is created. This property applies only to IBM OS/390 because IBM OS/390 requires the database name qualifier to be part of the CREATE TABLE statement.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Enable Write Back for the Connection Pool (continued) Tablespace name: Tablespace where the temporary table is created. This property applies only to OS/390 because OS/390 requires the tablespace name qualifier to be part of the CREATE TABLE statement. Buffer size (KB): Used for limiting the number of bytes each time data is inserted in a database table. For optimum performance, consider setting this parameter to 128. Transaction boundary: Controls the batch size for an insert in a database table. For optimum performance, consider setting this parameter to 1000. Unicode database type: Select this option when working with columns of an explicit Unicode data type (such as NCHAR) in a Unicode database. This ensures that the binding is correct and data is inserted correctly.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Enable Write Back for Logical Columns In the BMM layer, enable write back for logical columns that will be used for write back in an analysis.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oColumns si Logical r C 4. Enable Write Back for e iv nColumn U Open the Logical dialog box and select Writeable on the General tab. e l c In this Oraexample, you are enabling write back for the DOLLARS column in the FORECAST logical table in the Write Back business model.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Set Write Back Permissions in the Presentation Layer Select the Read/Write permission for any application roles or users who should have write back permission for an object in the Presentation layer.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Cinothe Presentation Layer 5. Set Write Back v Permissions e i nyou U In this example, give Read/Write permission to the BIAdministrator application role for the e l c DOLLARS presentation column. a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
6. Enable Write Back in instanceconfig.xml Set the LightWriteback parameter to true.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o siinstanceconfig.xml r C 6. Enable Write Back in e niv U Navigate to the following location: cle \config\OracleBIPresentationServicesComponent\coreapplication_ a r O obips1 Open instanceconfig.xml in an editor. In the ServiceInstance section, set the LightWriteback parameter to true by entering true.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
7. Create a Write Back XML Template The write back template is an XML-formatted file that contains SQL statements that are needed to insert and update records in the write back table and columns that you have created.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sTemplate r C 7. Create a Write Back e niv U You can create multiple write back templates, customizing each one for the fields used in each le In the analysis properties, you specify the name of the write back template to canalysis. specific a r O If a user has the “Write Back to Database” privilege, the write back fields in their analyses use. appear as editable fields. If the user does not have this privilege, the write back fields appear as normal fields. Requirements for the Write Back Template Notice that the WebMessage name element is SetForecast. To ensure that write back works correctly, in the WebMessage element of the file you must include the name of the SQL template that you will specify when you create the write back table (described later in this lesson). The name is arbitrary. To meet security requirements, you must specify the connection pool along with the SQL commands to insert and update records. In this example, the connection pool is set to SUPPLIER CP.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
7. Create a Write Back Template (continued) The SQL commands reference the values passed in the write back schema to generate the SQL statements to modify the database table. Values can be referenced either by position (such as @1, @3) or by column ID (@{c0}, @{c2}). Column positions start numbering with 1, whereas column IDs start with c0. In this example, values will be inserted or updated for the TYPECODE, MONTHCODE, and DOLLARS columns in the D1_FORECAST table. You can include and elements in the template. The insert tag is necessary only if there are null values in the write back physical column. This example shows both elements. Oracle BI Server chooses between update or insert depending on whether the column is null. If you do not want to include SQL commands in the elements, you can insert a blank space between the opening and closing tags, as in the following example: If a parameter's data type is not an integer or real number, add single quotes around it.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
8. Store the Write Back Template Store the write back template files in the customMessages folder.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsiTemplate Co 8. Store the Write v Back e i nhave The system can multiple customMessages folders, such as ORACLE_ U e l c HOME\Web\msgdb\customMessages. This is primarily to persist these files during upgrades. a r O XML message files that affect a language-specific user interface must be localized, in Although most cases the XML file that is used for configuring a write back template is not translated, because it is language independent. The write back template files can have any name of your choosing, because the system reads all XML files in the customMessages folder. To ensure that write back works correctly, include in the WebMessage element of the file the name of the SQL template that you specify when you create the write back table (described later in this lesson). You can have multiple WebMessage elements in one file, with each element specifying one SQL template. For more information about Web messages, refer to the System Administrator’s Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
9. Grant Write Back Privileges Use the Oracle BI Presentation Services Administration screen to set the “Write Back to Database” privilege that users need for modifying values in analyses.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 9. Grant Write Back Privileges e ntoivDatabase” privilege enables the user interface controls for write back (editable U The “Write Back cle fields a and appropriate buttons) and also enables the server call that writes data back to the data r O source. In this example, the “Write Back to Database” privilege is granted to the BIAdministrator application role.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
10. Create an Analysis with Columns Enabled for Write Back • •
Create an analysis that contains a table view with the columns configured for write back. For each write back column, select the Enable Write Back check box on the Write Back tab in Column Properties.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o Enabled for Write Back swith r C 10. Create an Analysis Columns e niv For each writeUback column in the analysis, display the Column Properties dialog box. On the cletab, select the Enable Write Back check box. Write a Back r O example shows an analysis with write back enabled for the DOLLARS column. You can This modify the text-field width for the write back column.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
11. Override Default Data Format Override the default data format on the Data Format tab to remove values that will not write back to the database.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Format r C 11. Override Default Data e niv U In some cases, it might be necessary to override the default data format on the Data Format tab cle that has write back enabled. For example, data does not correctly write back to the for theacolumn r O if commas or other text values (such as currency symbols) are included in the DOLLARS database data value.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
12. Enable Write Back in the Table View Enter the template name on the Write Back tab. 1. Click the edit button for table view.
3. Enter the template name. 2. Click Table View Properties.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o View sini the Table r C 12. Enable Write Back e niv U On the Results tab, click the edit button (pencil icon) for the table view. Then click the Table View clebutton to open the Table Properties dialog box. Properties a r Othe Write Back tab, enter the template name. In this example, the template name is On SetForecast. Recall that this is the Web message name in the template. Enable Write Back should be enabled by default. At this point, you can modify the names of the Apply, Revert, and Done buttons, and you can change button positions. Toggle Table Mode enables you to switch between write back mode and the default table view.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
13. Verify Results Verify that you can enter data in the expected fields and that data is written back to the database. Click Update to make fields editable.
Modify one or more records.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In Apply changes
c or revert to e b e original data. u ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co 13. Verify Results ver i nbutton U Click the Update make the write back fields editable. Modify the data in one or more leApply to applyto the c rows. a Click changes. Click Revert to revert to the original data. Click Done to r O to the default table view. return
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to configure write back in analyses.
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 23-1 Overview: Configuring Write Back This practice covers setting up and configuring write back for Oracle BI dashboards and analyses.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Write Back si Configuring r C Practice 23-1 Overview: e iv nback U Configuring write involves steps that span Oracle BI components. This includes setting up ein the repository, l c write back granting write back permissions, and enabling columns for write back a r inO analyses.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 23 - 21
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Performing a Patch Merge
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to perform a repository patch merge.
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Patch Merge Provides the capability of generating an XML patch file that contains only the changes made to a repository • Useful for development-to-production scenarios • Provides a means to upgrade a repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Patch Merge
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
The patch can be applied to the original version of the repository to create a new version. This is very useful for development-to-production scenarios and can also be used for Oracle BI Applications customers to upgrade their repository.
c a r O
This lesson explains how to generate a patch that contains the differences between two repositories and then apply the patch to a repository file.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Creating a Patch
Original repository
Production repository
Deploy
(original.rpd)
(modified.rpd)
Customize Create patch Development repository (current.rpd)
Patch file
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co Creating a Patchver ni you create a patch that contains the differences between the current U In a patchemerge, cl file and the original repository file. Then you apply the patch file to the modified repository a r O repository file. In a development-to-production scenario, you have an original parent file, a current file that contains the latest development changes, and a modified file that is the deployed copy of the original file. To generate a patch, you open the current file, select the original file, and then create the patch. The example in the slide shows how to create a patch in a development-to-production scenario. The original repository (original.rpd) is the repository initially created during development and then rolled out to production (modified.rpd). Typically, before the patch is applied, the original repository and the production repository are identical. The development repository (current.rpd) is the repository that contains the changes you want to put in the patch. Assume that this is a repository you have updated after rolling out the original repository (original.rpd) to production (modified.rpd). In an Oracle BI Applications repository upgrade scenario, the current file is the latest version of the repository shipped by Oracle, and the original file is the original repository shipped by Oracle. The modified file is the file that contains the customizations you made to the original file. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Applying a Patch
Original repository (original.rpd)
Apply patch
Production repository (modified.rpd)
l
Patch file
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co Applying a Patchver ni you open the modified file, select the original file, and then apply the patch. U To apply a patch, cle in the slide shows how to apply a patch in a development-to-production Therexample a O scenario. The process is the same in an upgrade scenario. Again, in an Oracle BI Applications repository upgrade scenario, the current file is the latest version of the repository shipped by Oracle, and the original file is the original repository shipped by Oracle. The modified file is the file that contains the customizations you made to the original file. Detailed steps for this process are shown in the following slides.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Perform a Patch Merge 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Compare current and original repositories. Equalize objects. Create a patch. Apply the patch. Make merge decisions. Verify your work.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Merge Co Steps to PerformvaePatch nithe high-level steps needed to perform a patch merge. Each step is covered U This slideeshows l on subsequent slides. cdetail in more a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Compare Current and Original Repositories
Current repository
Original repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Repositories si Original r C 1. Compare Current and e niv Tool, open the current Oracle BI repository in offline mode. In other U In the Administration le the updated repository that contains the changes you want to put in the patch. copen words, a r O that this is a repository you have updated after rolling out the original repository Assume (original.rpd) to production (modified.rpd). Select File > Compare and select the original Oracle BI repository. The “Compare repositories” dialog box appears, compares the two repositories, and marks objects as created, deleted, or modified. Created: Object was created in the current repository and doesn’t exist in the original repository. Deleted: Object exists in the original repository but is deleted from the current repository. Modified: Object exists in the original repository but is modified in the current repository. In this example, the changes are the following: • A Rank Dollars logical column has been created and added to the Fact-Sales logical table in the BMM layer. • A Rank Dollars presentation column has been created and added to the FactSales presentation table in the Presentation layer. • The Net Weight Shipped presentation column has been deleted from the FactSales presentation table in the Presentation layer. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Equalize Objects
Units Ordered is marked as both Deleted and Created.
Use the Equalize Objects dialog box to equalize object IDs.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 2. Equalize Objects e nivObjects dialog box in the “Compare repositories” option to compare and U Use the Equalize e clrepositories. equalize Objects may need to be equalized because the Administration Tool a r O the history of each repository object by using the upgrade ID of the object. Sometimes tracks the upgrade ID can change because of user actions or during merge. When this occurs and a subsequent comparison is done, the Administration Tool treats the new upgrade ID as a new object and the missing original upgrade ID as a deleted object. In this example, the modified repository is compared to the original repository. Notice that the Units Ordered presentation column is marked as both deleted and created. This is because the object was deleted and then re-created in the modified repository. The Fact-Sales presentation table is marked as modified because the Units Ordered presentation column is in this table. Notice also that only Presentation Column is available in the drop-down list, because only presentation columns have been deleted in this example. If more object types had been deleted, they would be displayed in this list (Logical Table, Logical Column, and so forth). You use the Equalize Objects dialog box to preview changes that are made if you equalize objects by using the equalizerpds utility, which equalizes the objects in both repositories so that the object upgrade IDs are consistent. When objects are equalized, you receive a message that the repositories are identical. Not all steps are shown in this slide. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Create a Patch
l
Click Create Patch and save the patch file.
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co 3. Create a Patchver nirepositories” dialog box, review the changes between the repositories. Then U In the “Compare cle Patch. In the Create Patch dialog box (not shown here), enter a name for the clickra Create O XML patch file and click Save. By default, the file is saved to the repository directory. When the file is saved, the “Compare repositories” dialog box closes automatically.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Apply the Patch Open the repository on which you want to apply the patch.
Select File > Merge to open the Merge Repository Wizard. Select original master repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
Modified repository is open.
D ฺ c n patch file. c ISelect
e b e Save as Qu lyฺ 2 n 7 49 se o 9 u 18 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C 4. Apply the Patch ive n Upatch, open the repository on which you want to apply the patch. In this example, To apply the e l c the repository is named modified.rpd. Select File > Merge to open the Merge Repository Ora Wizard. For Merge Type, select Patch Repository Merge. Then select the original master repository. Note that the original repository cannot be the same as the modified repository, which is currently open. Select the saved patch file. You can enter an optional name (“Save as”) for the merged repository that is created by applying the patch. If you do not enter a name, the system selects one for you. When you are finished making your selections, click Next (not shown in the screenshot) to open the Merge Repository Wizard.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Make Merge Decisions
Object
Description of conflict
Decision
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Deleted object Q Deleted object 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 5. Make Merge Decisions e niv Wizard, you must make decisions for any conflicts between the U In the Merge Repository cle Under Conflicts, notice that the description of the conflict for Net Weight Shipped repositories. a r O is “Deleted from Current.”
There are two decision choices available in the Decision field: Current: Keeps the repository as it is without adding the object to the merged repository Modified (A): Adds the object into the merged repository In this example, you select Current because Net Weight Shipped was deliberately deleted from the current repository and you do not want it added to the merged repository. Click Finish (not shown here) to close the Merge Repository Wizard and open the merged repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
6. Verify Your Work
l
Rank Dollars presentation column is added. Net Weight Shipped presentation column is deleted.
a e r t on
Rank Dollars logical column is added.
D ฺ c In
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C 6. Verify Your Work e niv U Verify that the expected changes have been applied. In this example, a Rank Dollars le and presentation column have been created, and the Net Weight Shipped ccolumn logical a r O presentation column has been deleted.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to perform a repository patch merge.
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 24-1 Overview: Performing a Patch Merge This practice covers performing a patch merge in a development-to-production scenario.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o a Patch Merge si Performing r C Practice 24-1 Overview: e nivyou create a patch that contains the differences between the current U In a patchemerge, cl file and the original repository file. Then you apply the patch file to the modified repository a r O repository file. In a development-to-production scenario, you have an original parent file, a current file that contains the latest development changes, and a modified file that is the deployed copy of the original file. To generate a patch, you open the current file, select the original file, and then create the patch. To apply the patch, you open the modified file, select the original file, and then apply the patch.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 24 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Configuring Logical Columns for Multicurrency Support
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives After completing this lesson, you should be able to configure logical columns for multicurrency support.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Overview You can configure logical columns so that Oracle BI users can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency columns in analyses and dashboards.
l
a e r t on
M A B
Currency drop-down list with preferred currencies
D ฺ c In
Overview
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
You can set up this feature so that all users see the same static list of currency options, or you can provide a dynamic list of currency options that changes based on a logical SQL statement that you specify. This lesson shows you how to define user-preferred currency options by using a static list of currency options.
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Steps to Configure Multicurrency Support 1. Modify the user preferences currency file. 2. Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY session variable. 3. Create logical columns with currency conversions. 4. Edit a logical column to use a conversion factor. 5. Verify your work.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
1. Modify the User Preferences Currency File Modify userpref_currencies.xml to enable currency preferences.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o rsi CCurrency 1. Modify the UservPreferences File e i n U box on the Preferences tab of the My Account dialog box, Oracle Business In the Currency eusers l c Intelligence can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency columns in a r O and dashboards. You use the userpref_currencies.xml file to define the currency analyses options that users see in the Currency box. Navigate to \config\OracleBIPresentationServicesComponent\coreappli cation_obips1 and open the userpref_currencies.xml file for editing. Locate the UserCurrencyPreferences element and remove the comment markers to enable currency preferences.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
2. Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY Session Variable Create a session variable named PREFERRED_CURRENCY, along with an initialization block to use the variable.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Session Variable si r C 2. Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY e niv Make sure to U select “Enable any user” to set the value when you create the session variable (not e slide). clthe shownain r O When you use session variables in an expression for Oracle BI Presentation Services, you Note: must preface their names with NQ_SESSION.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
3. Create Logical Columns with Currency Conversions Typically currency conversion is calculated as part of an extraction, transformation, and loading (ETL) process.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Edit a Logical Column to Use a Conversion Factor Use the PREFERRED_CURRENCY session variable to edit any logical columns that display currency values to use the appropriate conversion factor.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oa Conversion Factor si to Use r C 4. Edit a Logical Column e iv nappropriate U Double-click the logical column in the BMM, click the Column Source tab, and create a e l c derived expression that uses the PREFERRED_CURRENCY variable. a r O In this example, the Preferred Currency logical column expression uses the value of the NQ_SESSION.PREFERRED_CURRENCY variable to switch between the different currency columns. Note that the currency columns are expected to have the appropriate converted values.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
4. Add Logical Column to the Presentation Layer Add the logical column with the preferred currency expression to the Presentation layer.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Verify the My Account Page
Sign in and select My Account.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Currency drop-down list with preferred currencies
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si PageCo r 5. Verify the My Account e nBIivand click My Account. Confirm that you can see a drop-down list for Currency U Sign in to Oracle le currencies listed. cpreferred with the a r O In this example, the preferred currency is set to Euro.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
5. Verify Analysis Results Create an analysis with the Preferred Currency column.
Set Currency Symbol to User’s Preferred Currency.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Result displays the user’s preferred currency.
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co 5. Verify Analysis v Results e ni Create a newU analysis with the Preferred Currency column. cle Properties > Data Format, override the default data format, and set Currency a Select Column r O to User’s Preferred Currency. Symbol When you run the analysis, the Preferred Currency column displays the preferred currency that you selected on the My Account page (in this example, the results are displayed in euros).
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this lesson, you should have learned how to configure logical columns for multicurrency support.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Practice 25-1 Overview: Defining User-Preferred Currency Options This practice covers defining user-preferred currency options by using a static mapping.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t oUser-Preferred Currency Options si Defining r C Practice 25-1 Overview: e iv nIntelligence U Oracle Business users can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency eanalyses and dashboards l c columns in in the Currency box on the Preferences tab of the My a r O
Account dialog box. You define the currency options that are to be displayed in the Currency box in the userpref_currencies.xml file.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 25 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Administration Tool Utilities
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objectives After completing this lesson, you should be able to: • Describe the various wizards and utilities in the Oracle BI Administration Tool • Use the Administration Tool wizards and utilities to manage, maintain, and enhance repositories
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Wizards and Utilities This lesson describes the following utilities and wizards: • Session Manager • Query Repository • Replace Columns and Tables • Repository Documentation • Generate Metadata Dictionary • Oracle BI Event Tables • Update Physical Layer • Remove Unused Physical Objects A
B
l
a e r t on
M
D ฺ c n
I c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Wizards and Utilities ive n In the processUof building the SupplierSales and Inventory business models in this course, you cle to interact with a number of features of the Administration Tool. In this lesson, you had a a chance r O are introduced to additional Administration Tool utilities and wizards that can aid in the development, maintenance, and administration of repositories.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Accessing Wizards and Utilities • • •
Select Manage > Sessions to access the Sessions Manager. Select Tools > Query Repository to access the Query Repository utility. Select Tools > Utilities to access remaining utilities.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si Utilities r C Accessing Wizards and e iv nand U Use the Manage menus to access Administration Tool wizards and utilities. You can e objectsTools l c also right-click in the repository to access some utilities and wizards, such as the Query a r O Repository utility and the Calculation Wizard.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Managing Sessions Use the Session Manager to monitor session activity in online mode.
Sessions
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Requests
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Managing Sessions e niv is used in online mode to monitor session activity. The Session Manager U The Session Manager e logged in to the session, all current query requests for each user, and variables clusers showsaall r Otheir values for a selected session. Additionally, the Oracle BI Server administrator can and disconnect any user and kill any query request with the Session Manager. How often the Session Manager data refreshes depends on the amount of activity on the system. To refresh the display at any time, click Refresh. Using the Session Manager The Session Manager contains upper and lower windows. The top window, the Session window, shows users currently logged in to Oracle BI Server. To control the update speed, select Normal, High, or Low from the Update Speed drop-down list. Select Pause to keep the display from being refreshed. The bottom window contains two tabs. The Request tab shows active query requests for the user selected in the Session window. The Variables tab shows variables and their values for a selected session. You can click the column headers to sort the data.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Querying Repository Metadata Use the Query Repository tool to query for objects in the repository. Object type Filter
Results
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Querying Repository Metadata e niv U You can query for objects in the repository by using the Query Repository tool. If you query using cle option, you see a listing of the exposed object types in the repository. the AllaTypes r Olist does not contain objects such as aggregate rules, logical source folders, privilege The packages, and other objects that are considered to be internal objects. You can use repository queries to help manage the repository metadata in the following ways: • Examine and update the internal structure of the repository. For example, you can query a repository for objects in the repository based on name, type (such as Catalog, Complex Join, Key, and LDAP Server), or a combination of name and type. You can then edit or delete objects that appear in the Results list. You can also create new objects and view parent hierarchies. • Query a repository and view reports that show such items as all tables mapped to a logical source, all references to a particular physical column, content filters for logical sources, initialization blocks, and security and user permissions. For example, you might want to run a report prior to making any physical changes in a database that might affect the repository. You can save the report to a file in comma-separated value (CSV) format or tab-delimited format. When you save results, the encoding options are ANSI, Unicode, and UTF-8.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Replacing Columns or Tables Use the “Replace Column or Table” utility to automate the process of replacing physical columns and tables in logical table sources.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sTables r C Replacing Columns or e niv The “ReplaceU Column or Table” utility automates the process of replacing physical columns and le table sources by enabling the Oracle BI Server administrator to select the sources tablesainclogical r O those displayed. The wizard prompts the administrator to replace columns as well as tables. from
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Documenting a Repository Use the Repository Documentation utility to document mappings from presentation columns to the corresponding logical and physical columns. Save in comma-separated, tab-delimited, or XML formats.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Documenting a Repository e nivalso includes conditional expressions associated with the columns. If a U The documentation cle column derives from several physical columns, there is one row in the document for presentation a r O physical column. each
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Generating a Metadata Dictionary Use the Generate Metadata Dictionary utility to create a set of static XML documents that describe each metadata object, including its properties and its relationships with other metadata objects. Metadata object Location
l
a e r t on
Description Relationship with other objects
D ฺ c In
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sDictionary r C Generating a Metadata e niva user-friendly interface for navigating a repository to help users better U This utility provides clemetadata-object relationships. understand a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Creating an Event Table Use the Oracle BI Event Tables utility to identify a table as an Oracle BI event polling table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Creating an EventvTable e i ntable U An event polling is a way to notify Oracle BI Server that one or more physical tables have e Each row l c been updated. that is added to an event table describes a single update event. The a r O system reads rows from―or polls―the event table, extracts the physical table information cache from the rows, and purges cache entries that reference those physical tables. The SQL for creating an event table can be found in the Oracle BI\server\Schema folder.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Updating the Physical Layer Use the Update Physical Layer Wizard to update database objects in the Physical layer of a repository based on their current definitions in the back-end database.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sLayer r C Updating the Physical e niv This wizard isU not available for repositories that are opened in read-only mode, because they are cle for updating. When the wizard processes the update, the server running the not available a r O Administration Tool connects to each back-end database. The objects in the Physical layer are compared with those in the back-end database. Explanatory text alerts you to differences between objects defined in the database in the Physical layer and objects defined in the back-end database (such as data type-length mismatches and objects that are no longer found in the back-end database). For example, if an object exists in the database in the Physical layer of the repository but not in the back-end database, the following text is displayed: “Object does not exist in the database.” The wizard does not add columns or tables to the repository if they exist in the back-end database but not in the repository. Additionally, the wizard does not update column key assignments. It checks that there is a column in the repository that matches the column in the database, and then, if the values do not match, the wizard updates the type and length of the column in the repository. The connection pool settings for each database need to match the connection pool settings used when the objects were last imported into the Physical layer from the back-end database. For example, for Oracle, the connection pool may be set to native Oracle Call Interface (OCI), but an Oracle ODBC source must be used for the update. In this case, you would set the connection pool to the Oracle ODBC setting used for the import. Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Removing Unused Physical Objects Use the Remove Unused Physical Objects utility to remove objects that are no longer needed in a repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Objects Co Removing Unusedve Physical niuse more memory on the server and are harder to maintain. Additionally, U Large repositories cle activities take longer on a large repository. The Remove Unused Physical Objects development a r O enables you to remove objects that you no longer need in your repository. You can remove utility databases, initialization blocks, physical catalogs, and variables.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this lesson, you should have learned how to: • Describe the various wizards and utilities contained in the Oracle BI Administration Tool • Use the Administration Tool wizards and utilities to manage, maintain, and enhance repositories
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 26 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories
l
Quizzes
i
c a r O n U le a e r t on
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v M A B
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 2: Repository Basics
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the correct statement about the Oracle BI Server architecture. 1. Oracle BI Server is a set of query clients that display the results of analyses. 2. Oracle BI Presentation Services stores the metadata used by Oracle BI Server. 3. Oracle BI Server generates dynamic SQL to query data in physical data sources. al e r t 4. Oracle BI Repository can be in multiple formats. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the correct statement about the Oracle BI Server architecture. 1. Oracle BI Server is a set of query clients that display the results of analyses. 2. Oracle BI Presentation Services stores the metadata used by Oracle BI Server. 3. Oracle BI Server generates dynamic SQL to query data in physical data sources. al e r t 4. Oracle BI Repository can be in multiple formats. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Repository. 1. Stores the metadata used by Oracle BI Server 2. Is accessed and configured using the Oracle BI Administration Tool 3. Imports metadata from databases and other data sources 4. Is set of graphical tools used to view, build, and modify analyses
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Repository. 1. Stores the metadata used by Oracle BI Server 2. Is accessed and configured using the Oracle BI Administration Tool 3. Imports metadata from databases and other data sources 4. Is a set of graphical tools used to view, build, and modify analyses
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Repository. 1. The Business Model and Mapping layer objects define the interface that users see to query data from data sources. 2. The Physical layer contains objects representing the physical data sources to which Oracle BI Server submits queries. 3. The Presentation layer contains objects that provide a al e r customized view of a business model to users. t on M 4. The Business Model and Mapping layer is whereBphysical A D schemas are simplified and reorganized to form cฺ the basis n I of the users’ view of the data. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Repository. 1. The Business Model and Mapping layer objects define the interface that users see to query data from data sources. 2. The Physical layer contains objects representing the physical data sources to which Oracle BI Server submits queries. 3. The Presentation layer contains objects that provide a al e r customized view of a business model to users. t on M 4. The Business Model and Mapping layer is whereBphysical A D schemas are simplified and reorganized to form cฺ the basis n I of the users’ view of the data. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
A repository can be opened for editing only in offline mode. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution A repository can be opened for editing only in offline mode. • True • False. You can open a repository for editing in online or offline mode. You can perform different tasks based on the mode in which you open the repository.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 3: Building the Physical Layer of a Repository
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about the Physical layer. 1. May contain multiple data sources 2. Is typically the last layer built in the repository 3. Contains objects representing the physical data sources to which Oracle BI Server submits queries 4. Is populated by importing metadata from databases and other data sources
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Physical layer. 1. May contain multiple data sources 2. Is typically the last layer built in the repository 3. Contains objects representing the physical data sources to which Oracle BI Server submits queries 4. Is populated by importing metadata from databases and other data sources
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the correct statement about the connection pool. 1. Is the highest-level object in the Physical layer 2. Defines the features that Oracle BI Server uses with a data source 3. Is an optional display folder that contains tables and columns for a physical schema 4. Defines how Oracle BI Server connects to a data source
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the correct statement about the connection pool. 1. Is the highest-level object in the Physical layer 2. Defines the features that Oracle BI Server uses with a data source 3. Is an optional display folder that contains tables and columns for a physical schema 4. Defines how Oracle BI Server connects to a data source
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Physical joins must be defined in a data source prior to import into the Physical layer. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Physical joins must be defined in a data source prior to import into the Physical layer. • True • False. Physical joins need not be defined in a data source prior to import into the Physical layer. Joins that already exist in the physical data sources are imported automatically into the Physical layer when you select keys and foreign keys in the Import Metadata Wizard. All other l physical joins need to be explicitly defined in the Physical trea n layer. Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
Alias tables must be defined for all physical tables in the Physical layer. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Alias tables must be defined for all physical tables in the Physical layer. • True • False. Creating alias tables is not a required step. However, it is recommended that you use table aliases frequently in the Physical layer to eliminate extraneous joins and to include best-practice naming conventions for physical table names.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 4: Building the Business Model and Mapping Layer of a Repository
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the correct statement about business models. 1. There can be only one business model in the Business Model and Mapping layer. 2. Business model objects always map to only one object in the Physical layer. 3. A business model object is the highest-level object in the Business Model and Mapping layer. 4. Business models can be created only by dragging objects al re t from the Physical layer. n o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 21
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the correct statement about business models. 1. There can be only one business model in the Business Model and Mapping layer. 2. Business model objects always map to only one object in the Physical layer. 3. A business model object is the highest-level object in the Business Model and Mapping layer. 4. Business models can be created only by dragging objects al re t from the Physical layer. n o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 22
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the incorrect statement about logical table sources. 1. Logical table sources always map to only one physical source. 2. Logical tables can have multiple logical table sources. 3. Logical table sources define the mappings from a logical table to a physical table. 4. Logical table sources are created automatically when you drag a table from the Physical layer to a business model.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 23
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about logical table sources. 1. Logical table sources always map to only one physical source. 2. Logical tables can have multiple logical table sources. 3. Logical table sources define the mappings from a logical table to a physical table. 4. Logical table sources are created automatically when you drag a table from the Physical layer to a business model.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 24
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 For a valid repository, logical primary keys are required for all logical tables in a business model. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 25
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution For a valid repository, logical primary keys are required for all logical tables in a business model. • True • False. Logical primary keys are required only for each logical dimension table, not for logical fact tables.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 26
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
Logical joins are not required in a business model. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 27
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Logical joins are not required in a business model. • True • False. Logical joins express the cardinality relationships between logical tables and are a requirement for a valid business model. Specifying logical table joins is required so that Oracle BI Server has the necessary metadata to translate logical requests against the business model into SQL queries against the physical data sources.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 28
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 5: Building the Presentation Layer of a Repository
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 29
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about the Presentation layer. 1. Provides a way to present a customized view of a business model to users 2. Exposes only the data that is meaningful to users 3. Organizes the data in a way that aligns with the way users think about the data 4. Uses the same object names as those in the Business Model and Mapping layer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 30
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Presentation layer. 1. Provides a way to present a customized view of a business model to users 2. Exposes only the data that is meaningful to users 3. Organizes the data in a way that aligns with the way users think about the data 4. Uses the same object names as those in the Business Model and Mapping layer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 31
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the correct statement about subject areas. 1. A single subject area must be populated with content from multiple business models. 2. Multiple subject areas cannot reference the same business model. 3. Subject areas organize and simplify a business model for a set of users. 4. Subject areas must map directly to tables in the Physical al e r t layer. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 32
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the correct statement about subject areas. 1. A single subject area must be populated with content from multiple business models. 2. Multiple subject areas cannot reference the same business model. 3. Subject areas organize and simplify a business model for a set of users. 4. Subject areas must map directly to tables in the Physical al e r t layer. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 33
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the incorrect statement about presentation tables. 1. Organize presentation columns into categories that make sense to the users 2. May contain columns from one or more logical tables 3. Can be modified independently of logical tables 4. Can be created only by dragging logical tables from the BMM layer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 34
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about presentation tables. 1. Organize presentation columns into categories that make sense to the users 2. May contain columns from one or more logical tables 3. Can be modified independently of logical tables 4. Can be created only by dragging logical tables from the BMM layer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 35
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
A presentation table has a one-to-one mapping to a logical table. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 36
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution A presentation table has a one-to-one mapping to a logical table. • True • False. A presentation table does not necessarily have a one-to-one mapping to a logical table. Presentation tables are used for organizing columns and can be organized and structured differently from logical tables in the BMM layer.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 37
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 6: Testing and Validating a Repository
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 38
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which of the following is not a requirement for a consistent repository? 1. All logical columns are mapped directly or indirectly to one or more physical columns. 2. All logical dimension tables have a logical key. 3. All logical tables have a logical join relationship to another logical table. 4. Logging must be enabled for at least one user. al e r t 5. A subject area exists for the business model. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 39
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which of the following is not a requirement for a consistent repository? 1. All logical columns are mapped directly or indirectly to one or more physical columns. 2. All logical dimension tables have a logical key. 3. All logical tables have a logical join relationship to another logical table. 4. Logging must be enabled for at least one user. al e r t 5. A subject area exists for the business model. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 40
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Best Practices consistency messages must be fixed before publishing a repository. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 41
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Best Practices consistency messages must be fixed before publishing a repository. • True • False. Best Practice messages provide information about conditions but do not indicate an inconsistency.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 42
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the incorrect statement about publishing a repository. 1. You use Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager to publish a repository. 2. Publishing a repository enables Oracle BI Server to load the repository into memory at startup. 3. Publishing a repository makes the repository available for queries by end users. 4. You need to check consistency after a repository is al e r t published. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 43
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about publishing a repository. 1. You use Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager to publish a repository. 2. Publishing a repository enables Oracle BI Server to load the repository into memory at startup. 3. Publishing a repository makes the repository available for queries by end users. 4. You need to check consistency after a repository is al e r t published. on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 44
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Identify the incorrect statement about query logging. 1. Oracle BI Server provides a facility for logging query activity at the individual user level. 2. Logging is intended for quality assurance testing, debugging, and use by Oracle Technical Support. 3. Logging levels are typically set to 6 or above for Oracle BI administrators. 4. Query logging is normally disabled in production mode.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 45
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about query logging. 1. Oracle BI Server provides a facility for logging query activity at the individual user level. 2. Logging is intended for quality assurance testing, debugging, and use by Oracle Technical Support. 3. Logging levels are typically set to 6 or above for Oracle BI administrators. 4. Query logging is normally disabled in production mode.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 46
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 7: Managing Logical Table Sources
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 47
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 You should add a new logical table source if data is duplicated across physical tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 48
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution You should add a new logical table source if data is duplicated across physical tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 49
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Dragging physical columns to an existing logical table source automatically creates logical columns in a business model. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 50
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Dragging physical columns to an existing logical table source automatically creates logical columns in a business model. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 51
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Dragging physical columns to a logical table source automatically adds physical table mappings to the logical table source. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 52
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Dragging physical columns to a logical table source automatically adds physical table mappings to the logical table source. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 53
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 You should add multiple sources to a logical table source if data is not duplicated across tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 54
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution You should add multiple sources to a logical table source if data is not duplicated across tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 55
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 8: Adding Calculations to a Fact
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 56
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which of the following is not a method for creating calculation measures in an Oracle BI business model? 1. Use the Expression Builder to create calculation measures by using existing logical columns as objects in a formula. 2. Use the Expression Builder to create calculation measures by using physical columns as objects in the formula. 3. Use the Calculation Wizard to create calculation measures derived from existing presentation columns.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 57
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which of the following is not a method for creating calculation measures in an Oracle BI business model? 1. Use the Expression Builder to create calculation measures by using existing logical columns as objects in a formula. 2. Use the Expression Builder to create calculation measures by using physical columns as objects in the formula. 3. Use the Calculation Wizard to create calculation measures derived from existing presentation columns.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 58
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 You use physical columns for calculations that require an aggregation rule to be applied after the calculation. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 59
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution You use physical columns for calculations that require an aggregation rule to be applied after the calculation. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 60
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 You use logical columns for calculation formulas that require an aggregation rule that is applied before the calculation. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 61
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution You use logical columns for calculation formulas that require an aggregation rule that is applied before the calculation. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 62
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 The Calculation Wizard uses physical columns as objects in its calculations. As a result, aggregation rules are applied after the calculation. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 63
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution The Calculation Wizard uses physical columns as objects in its calculations. As a result, aggregation rules are applied after the calculation. • True • False. The Calculation Wizard uses logical columns as objects in its calculations, so aggregation rules are applied before the calculation.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 64
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 9: Creating Logical Dimensions
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 65
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about logical dimensions. 1. Introduce formal hierarchies into a business model 2. Establish levels for data groupings and calculations 3. Are columns whose values are calculated to a specific level of aggregation 4. Provide paths for drill down
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 66
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about logical dimensions. 1. Introduce formal hierarchies into a business model 2. Establish levels for data groupings and calculations 3. Are columns whose values are calculated to a specific level of aggregation 4. Provide paths for drill down
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 67
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Level-based hierarchies are those in which members of the same type occur only at a single level. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 68
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Level-based hierarchies are those in which members of the same type occur only at a single level. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 69
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the incorrect statement about parent-child logical dimensions. 1. A parent-child logical dimension is a hierarchy where members of the same type occur only at a single level. 2. The most common real-life occurrence of a parent-child hierarchy is an organizational reporting hierarchy. 3. A parent-child hierarchy is typically based on a single logical table (for example, the Employees table. al e r t 4. For each Oracle BI Server parent-child hierarchy defined on M on a relational table, you must explicitly define the interBA D member relationships in a separate parent-child cฺ n I relationship table. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 70
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about parent-child logical dimensions. 1. A parent-child logical dimension is a hierarchy where members of the same type occur only at a single level. 2. The most common real-life occurrence of a parent-child hierarchy is an organizational reporting hierarchy. 3. A parent-child hierarchy is typically based on a single logical table (for example, the Employees table). al e r t 4. For each Oracle BI Server parent-child hierarchy defined on M on a relational table, you must explicitly define the interBA D member relationships in a separate parent-child cฺ n I relationship table. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 71
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 For logical dimensions that contain multiple logical hierarchies, multiple separate presentation hierarchies are created when you drag a logical dimension hierarchy from the BMM layer to a table in the Presentation layer. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 72
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution For logical dimensions that contain multiple logical hierarchies, multiple separate presentation hierarchies are created when you drag a logical dimension hierarchy from the BMM layer to a table in the Presentation layer. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 73
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 10: Using Aggregates
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 74
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about aggregate tables. 1. Aggregate tables store pre-computed measures that have been aggregated over a set of dimensional attributes. 2. Using aggregate tables is a popular technique for speeding up response time. 3. An aggregate table should have more rows than the nonaggregate table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 75
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about aggregate tables. 1. Aggregate tables store pre-computed measures that have been aggregated over a set of dimensional attributes. 2. Using aggregate tables is a popular technique for speeding up response time. 3. An aggregate table should have more rows than the nonaggregate table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 76
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Oracle BI Server allows queries to use the information stored in aggregate tables automatically, without query authors or query tools having to specify aggregate tables in their queries. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 77
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Oracle BI Server allows queries to use the information stored in aggregate tables automatically, without query authors or query tools having to specify aggregate tables in their queries. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 78
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the key difference between modeling aggregate tables and modeling other source data. 1. You must create a data source connection in the Physical layer. 2. You must add sources to logical tables. 3. You must import physical sources. 4. You must specify aggregation content on the Content tab of a logical table source.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 79
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the key difference between modeling aggregate tables and modeling other source data. 1. You must create a data source connection in the Physical layer. 2. You must add sources to logical tables. 3. You must import physical sources. 4. You must specify aggregation content on the Content tab of a logical table source.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 80
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 If a user queries for a level lower than the aggregation content levels specified on the Content tab, Oracle BI Server accesses the detail tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 81
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution If a user queries for a level lower than the aggregation content levels specified on the Content tab, Oracle BI Server accesses the detail tables. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 82
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 11: Using Partitions and Fragments
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 83
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about a partition. 1. Is a database element that contains part of the data for a fact or a dimension 2. Must include quota or sales data 3. Combines with other data fragments as necessary 4. May be fact based, value based, level based, or complex
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 84
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about a partition. 1. Is a database element that contains part of the data for a fact or a dimension 2. Must include quota or sales data 3. Combines with other data fragments as necessary 4. May be fact based, value based, level based, or complex
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 85
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Data is partitioned by fact when the data is split into separate tables according to the levels of the data. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 86
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Data is partitioned by fact when the data is split into separate tables according to the levels of the data. • True • False. Data is partitioned by fact when different fact data is stored in different tables.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 87
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 When a logical table source does not contain the entire set of data at a given level, you use the “Fragmentation content” edit box on the Content tab of the Logical Table Source window to specify the portion, or fragment, of the set of data that it contains. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 88
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution When a logical table source does not contain the entire set of data at a given level, you use the “Fragmentation content” edit box on the Content tab of the Logical Table Source window to specify the portion, or fragment, of the set of data that it contains. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 89
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 12: Using Repository Variables
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 90
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about variables. 1. Contain values in memory that are used by Oracle BI Server during its processing 2. Are created and managed using the Variable Manager feature in the Administration Tool 3. Cannot be used to modify metadata content dynamically to adjust to a changing data environment. 4. Consist of two classes: session and repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 91
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about variables. 1. Contain values in memory that are used by Oracle BI Server during its processing 2. Are created and managed using the Variable Manager feature in the Administration Tool 3. Cannot be used to modify metadata content dynamically to adjust to a changing data environment 4. Consist of two classes: session and repository
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 92
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the incorrect statement about initialization blocks. 1. Are used to initialize system and non-system session variables, as well as dynamic repository variables 2. Must always determine the latest dates contained in the source data 3. Specify SQL to be run to populate one or more variables by accessing data sources 4. Are invoked at Oracle BI Server startup and are l periodically rerun to refresh values for dynamic variables trea n according to an established schedule Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 93
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about initialization blocks. 1. Are used to initialize system and non-system session variables, as well as dynamic repository variables 2. Must always determine the latest dates contained in the source data 3. Specify SQL to be run to populate one or more variables by accessing data sources 4. Are invoked at Oracle BI Server startup and are l periodically rerun to refresh values for dynamic variables trea n according to an established schedule Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 94
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3
Dynamic repository variables persist only while a user’s session is active. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 95
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Dynamic repository variables persist only while a user’s session is active. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 96
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Repository variables can be used instead of literals or constants in the Expression Builder in the Administration Tool. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 97
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Repository variables can be used instead of literals or constants in the Expression Builder in the Administration Tool. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 98
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 13: Modeling Time Series Data
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 99
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 The best way to make time comparisons is with SQL statements sent directly to the database. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 100
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution The best way to make time comparisons is with SQL statements sent directly to the database. • True • False. There is no direct way to make time comparisons in SQL.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 101
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the correct statement about Oracle BI time series functions. 1. AGO aggregates a measure attribute from the beginning of a specified time period to the currently displayed time. 2. TODATE calculates aggregated value as of some time period shifted from the current time. 3. PERIODROLLING performs an aggregation across a specified set of query grain periods, rather than within a al e r fixed time series grain. t n
o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 102
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the correct statement about Oracle BI time series functions. 1. AGO aggregates a measure attribute from the beginning of a specified time period to the currently displayed time. 2. TODATE calculates aggregated value as of some time period shifted from the current time. 3. PERIODROLLING performs an aggregation across a specified set of query grain periods, rather than within a al e r fixed time series grain. t n
o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 103
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Compared to modeling an ordinary dimension, the time dimension requires which two additional steps? 1. Creating a measure by using the AGO function 2. Selecting the Time option in the Logical Dimension dialog box 3. Identifying the time series grain 4. Designating a chronological key for every level of every dimension hierarchy
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 104
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Compared to modeling an ordinary dimension, the time dimension requires which two additional steps: 1. Creating a measure by using the AGO function 2. Selecting the Time option in the Logical Dimension dialog box 3. Identifying the time series grain 4. Designating a chronological key for every level of every dimension hierarchy
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 105
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Identify the correct statement about query grain. 1. It is the grain at which the aggregation or offset is requested for both the AGO and the TODATE functions. 2. It is the grain of the source. 3. It is the lowest time grain of the request.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 106
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Identify the correct statement about query grain. 1. It is the grain at which the aggregation or offset is requested for both the AGO and the TODATE functions. 2. It is the grain of the source. 3. It is the lowest time grain of the request.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 107
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 14: Modeling Many-to-Many Relationships
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 108
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about a bridge table. 1. Resolves many-to-many relationships between dimension tables and fact tables 2. Stores multiple records corresponding to a fact 3. Contains a weight factor column representing the ratio of the many-to-many relationship 4. Stores multiple records corresponding to a dimension
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 109
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about a bridge table. 1. Resolves many-to-many relationships between dimension tables and fact tables 2. Stores multiple records corresponding to a fact 3. Contains a weight factor column representing the ratio of the many-to-many relationship 4. Stores multiple records corresponding to a dimension
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 110
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 When modeling a bridge table, you should map the fact logical table source to the bridge table. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 111
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution When modeling a bridge table, you should map the fact logical table source to the bridge table. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 112
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 15: Localizing Oracle BI Metadata
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 113
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which of the following are necessary steps when configuring Oracle BI metadata? 1. Using a translation table to store language-specific names and descriptions for metadata 2. Configuring database data, such as product names 3. Using initialization blocks and variables to select the preferred language of the user and the corresponding names and descriptions al e r t 4. Configuring chart labels on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 114
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which of the following are necessary steps when configuring Oracle BI metadata? 1. Using a translation table to store language-specific names and descriptions for metadata 2. Configuring database data such as product names 3. Using initialization blocks and variables to select the preferred language of the user and the corresponding names and descriptions al e r t 4. Configuring chart labels on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 115
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 The WEBLANGUAGE session variable is populated when a user selects a language during login. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 116
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution The WEBLANGUAGE session variable is populated when a user selects a language during login. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 117
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3
Localization preferences are set in the Administration Tool. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 118
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Localization preferences are set in the Administration Tool. • True • False. Users can change their localization preferences by selecting Settings > My Account in the Oracle BI user interface.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 119
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Which of the following is not a step to localize metadata? 1. Externalize metadata objects. 2. Run the Externalize Strings utility. 3. Modify the translation file. 4. Load the translation table. 5. Export the translation table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 120
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Which of the following is not a step to localize metadata? 1. Externalize metadata objects. 2. Run the Externalize Strings utility. 3. Modify the translation file. 4. Load the translation table. 5. Export the translation table.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 121
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 16: Localizing Oracle BI Data
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 122
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which tables are required for data translation? 1. Language table with a list of available languages 2. Administration table with a list of administrative users 3. Lookup table with translations 4. Product tables in French and English
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 123
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which tables are required for data translation? 1. Language table with a list of available languages 2. Administration table with a list of administrative users 3. Lookup table with translations 4. Product tables in French and English
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 124
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 What are two common techniques for designing translation lookup tables in a multilingual schema? 1. Lookup table for each product table 2. Lookup table for each physical table 3. Lookup table for each base table 4. Lookup table for each translated field
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 125
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution What are two common techniques for designing translation lookup tables in a multilingual schema? 1. Lookup table for each product table 2. Lookup table for each physical table 3. Lookup table for each base table 4. Lookup table for each translated field
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 126
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the correct statement about a logical lookup column. 1. Defines the necessary metadata for a translation lookup table 2. Populates a variable with a language code based on user log in 3. Includes the lookup function to return a translated value 4. Defines the language when a user logs in to Oracle BI server
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 127
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the correct statement about a logical lookup column. 1. Defines the necessary metadata for a translation lookup table 2. Populates a variable with a language code based on user log in 3. Includes the lookup function to return a translated value 4. Defines the language when a user logs in to Oracle BI server
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 128
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
The lookup table must be added to the Presentation layer. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 129
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution
The lookup table must be added to the Presentation layer. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 130
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 17: Setting an Implicit Fact Column
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 131
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about an implicit fact column. 1. Is a column that is added automatically to dimension-only queries 2. Is a column that is included in the query and shown in the analysis results 3. Provides the ability to set a fact table source for a subject area to ensure the expected results for dimension-only queries al e r t 4. Forces Oracle BI Server to select a predetermined fact on table source even if it is not the most economicalBsource AM Dtables ฺ c 5. Specifies a default join path between dimension In c e when there are several possible alternatives b
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 132
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about an implicit fact column. 1. Is a column that is added automatically to dimension-only queries 2. Is a column that is included in the query and shown in the analysis results 3. Provides the ability to set a fact table source for a subject area to ensure the expected results for dimension-only queries al e r t 4. Forces Oracle BI Server to select a predetermined fact on table source even if it is not the most economicalBsource AM Dtables ฺ c 5. Specifies a default join path between dimension In c e when there are several possible alternatives b
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 133
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 You use the Presentation Column properties box to set an implicit fact column. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 134
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution You use the Presentation Column properties box to set an implicit fact column. • True • False. You use the Subject Area properties box to set an implicit fact column.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 135
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 18: Importing Metadata from Multidimensional Data Sources
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 136
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 The primary differences between setting up multidimensional data sources and setting up relational data sources are in the Business Model and Mapping layer. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 137
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution The primary differences between setting up multidimensional data sources and setting up relational data sources are in the Business Model and Mapping layer. • True • False. The primary differences between setting up multidimensional data sources and setting up relational data sources are in the Physical layer.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 138
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Data from multidimensional sources such as Essbase cannot be used in analyses and Oracle BI interactive dashboards. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 139
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Data from multidimensional sources such as Essbase cannot be used in analyses and Oracle BI interactive dashboards. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 140
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Horizontal federation provides the ability to create reports that can display data from both multidimensional and relational data sources. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 141
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Horizontal federation provides the ability to create reports that can display data from both multidimensional and relational data sources. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 142
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 19: Security
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 143
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 During installation, which three Oracle BI security controls are preconfigured with initial (default) values to form the default security model? 1. Identity store 2. Policy store 3. Authentication store 4. Credential store
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 144
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution During installation, which three Oracle BI security controls are preconfigured with initial (default) values to form the default security model? 1. Identity store 2. Policy store 3. Authentication store 4. Credential store
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 145
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the correct statement about the Oracle WebLogic Server Administration Console. 1. Manages policy store application roles that grant permissions to users, groups, or other application roles 2. Manages permissions for Presentation layer objects and business model objects in the repository 3. Manages users and groups for the embedded LDAP server that serves as the out-of-the-box default identity al e r store t n
o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 146
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the correct statement about the Oracle WebLogic Server Administration Console. 1. Manages policy store application roles that grant permissions to users, groups, or other application roles 2. Manages permissions for Presentation layer objects and business model objects in the repository 3. Manages users and groups for the embedded LDAP server that serves as the out-of-the-box default identity al e r store t n
o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 147
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify three default application roles. 1. BIAdministrator 2. BIAuthor 3. BIManager 4. BISupervisor 5. BIConsumer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 148
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify three default application roles. 1. BIAdministrator 2. BIAuthor 3. BIManager 4. BISupervisor 5. BIConsumer
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 149
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Which tool do you use to set repository object permissions? 1. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager 2. WebLogic Administration Console 3. Analysis Editor 4. Administration Tool
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 150
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Which tool do you use to set repository object permissions? 1. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager 2. WebLogic Administration Console 3. Analysis Editor 4. Administration Tool
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 151
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 5 Which tool do you use to create application roles? 1. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager 2. WebLogic Administration Console 3. Analysis Editor 4. Administration Tool 5. Interactive Dashboard
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 152
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 5: Solution Which tool do you use to create application roles? 1. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager 2. WebLogic Administration Console 3. Analysis Editor 4. Administration Tool 5. Interactive Dashboard
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 153
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 20: Cache Management
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 154
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Server query cache. 1. Saves the results of queries in cache files 2. Enables Oracle BI Server to satisfy subsequent query requests without having to access back-end databases 3. Improves query performance by fulfilling a query from the database as opposed to searching through the cache 4. Conserves network resources by avoiding a connection to al re t the database server n o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 155
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI Server query cache. 1. Saves the results of queries in cache files 2. Enables Oracle BI Server to satisfy subsequent query requests without having to access back-end databases 3. Improves query performance by fulfilling a query from the database as opposed to searching through the cache 4. Conserves network resources by avoiding a connection to al re t the database server n o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 156
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Which tool is used to configure the cache? 1. WebLogic Administration Console 2. Analysis Editor 3. Presentation Services Catalog 4. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 157
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Which tool is used to configure the cache? 1. WebLogic Administration Console 2. Analysis Editor 3. Presentation Services Catalog 4. Fusion Middleware Control Enterprise Manager
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 158
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Which file is used to set cache parameters? 1. Nqsquery.ini 2. Nqsserver.ini 3. Nqsconfig.ini 4. Nqscache.ini
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 159
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Which file is used to set cache parameters? 1. Nqsquery.ini 2. Nqsserver.ini 3. Nqsconfig.ini 4. Nqscache.ini
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 160
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Identify the incorrect statement about the Cache Manager. 1. View information about the entire query cache or individual cache entries. 2. Show, save, or copy cache SQL. 3. Manually purge the cache entries. 4. It must be opened in offline mode.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 161
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Cache Manager. 1. View information about the entire query cache or individual cache entries. 2. Show, save, or copy cache SQL. 3. Manually purge the cache entries. 4. It must be opened in offline mode.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 162
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 5 Identify the incorrect statement about seeding the cache. 1. It is the process of pre-populating the cache with queries that are known to generate cache misses. 2. It is the process of pre-populating the cache with queries that are known to generate cache hits. 3. It is performed by running prebuilt queries during off hours or immediately after purging. 4. It helps improve query performance.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 163
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 5: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about seeding the cache. 1. It is the process of pre-populating the cache with queries that are known to generate cache misses. 2. It is the process of pre-populating the cache with queries that are known to generate cache hits. 3. It is performed by running prebuilt queries during off hours or immediately after purging. 4. It helps improve query performance.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 164
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 21: Managing Usage Tracking
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 165
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about Oracle BI usage tracking. 1. Tracks and stores Oracle BI Server usage at the detailed query level 2. Supports the accumulation of statistics that can be used in database performance optimization 3. Supports the accumulation of statistics that can be used in global appreciation strategies al e r t 4. Provides ability to analyze usage results by using end-user on M reporting tools BA
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 166
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about Oracle BI usage tracking. 1. Tracks and stores Oracle BI Server usage at the detailed query level 2. Supports the accumulation of statistics that can be used in database performance optimization 3. Supports the accumulation of statistics that can be used in global appreciation strategies al e r t 4. Provides ability to analyze usage results by using end-user on M reporting tools BA
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 167
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Oracle recommends using which usage-tracking method? 1. Rotation files 2. Direct insertion 3. Log file 4. Aggregation strategy
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 168
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Oracle recommends using which usage-tracking method? 1. Rotation files 2. Direct insertion 3. Log file 4. Aggregation strategy
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 169
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the correct statement about the S_NQ_ACCT table. 1. Uploads the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 2. Downloads the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 3. Purges the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 4. Stores the usage-tracking data when queries are run al e r t against Oracle BI Server on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 170
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the correct statement about the S_NQ_ACCT table. 1. Uploads the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 2. Downloads the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 3. Purges the usage-tracking data when queries are run against Oracle BI Server 4. Stores the usage-tracking data when queries are run al e r t against Oracle BI Server on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 171
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Which of the following is not a usage-tracking parameter or setting in the NQSConfig.ini file? 1. ENABLE 2. DIRECT_INSERT 3. PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME 4. USAGE_TRACKING_BUFFER 5. CONNECTION_POOL
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 172
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Which of the following is not a usage tracking parameter or setting in the NQSConfig.ini file? 1. ENABLE 2. DIRECT_INSERT 3. PHYSICAL_TABLE_NAME 4. USAGE_TRACKING_BUFFER 5. CONNECTION_POOL
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 173
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 22: Setting Up and Using the Multiuser Development Environment
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 174
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI multiuser development environment. 1. Permits multiple users to work with the repository simultaneously 2. Breaks the repository into manageable pieces known as concurrent repositories 3. Changes are saved locally and then merged to the master repository. al e r t 4. Adheres to the classic Software Configuration on M Management (SCM) process BA
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 175
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the Oracle BI multiuser development environment. 1. Permits multiple users to work with the repository simultaneously 2. Breaks the repository into manageable pieces known as concurrent repositories 3. Changes are saved locally and then merged to the master repository. al e r t 4. Adheres to the classic Software Configuration on M Management (SCM) process BA
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 176
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Identify the incorrect statement about multiuser development projects. 1. Projects are subsets of repository metadata. 2. Projects consist of Presentation layer subject areas and their associated logical facts, dimensions, application roles, users, variables, and initialization blocks. 3. Projects cannot overlap with other projects.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 177
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about multiuser development projects. 1. Projects are subsets of repository metadata. 2. Projects consist of Presentation layer subject areas and their associated logical facts, dimensions, application roles, users, variables, and initialization blocks. 3. Projects cannot overlap with other projects.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 178
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Before checking out projects, each developer must set up the Administration Tool application to point to the multiuser development directory. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 179
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Before checking out projects, each developer must set up the Administration Tool application to point to the multiuser development directory. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 180
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 Which multiuser option commits changes to the master repository? 1. Compare with Original 2. Discard Local Changes 3. Publish to Network 4. Merge Local Changes
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 181
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution Which multiuser option commits changes to the master repository? 1. Compare with Original 2. Discard Local Changes 3. Publish to Network 4. Merge Local Changes
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 182
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 23: Configuring Write Back in Analyses
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 183
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which of the following is not a step to configure write back? 1. Enable write back for the connection pool. 2. Enable write back for logical columns. 3. Enable write back for presentation columns. 4. Set write back permissions in the Presentation layer. 5. Enable write back in instanceconfig.xml. 6. Create a write back template.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 184
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which of the following is not a step to configure write back? 1. Enable write back for the connection pool. 2. Enable write back for logical columns. 3. Enable write back for presentation columns. 4. Set write back permissions in the Presentation layer. 5. Enable write back in instanceconfig.xml. 6. Create a write back template.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 185
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Which permission must be set in the Presentation layer to provide write back for application roles or users? 1. Write Back 2. Default 3. Read/Write 4. Everyone
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 186
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Which permission must be set in the Presentation layer to provide write back for application roles or users? 1. Write Back 2. Default 3. Read/Write 4. Everyone
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 187
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Identify the incorrect statement about the write back template. 1. The write back template is an XML-formatted file that contains SQL statements that are needed to insert and update records in the write back table and columns. 2. To ensure that write back works correctly, you must include (in the WebMessage element of the file) the name of the SQL template that you will specify when you create the write back table. al 3. You can create only one write back template for each ntre Mo Oracle BI Server instance. A DB ฺ 4. You must specify the connection pool along c with the SQL n I commands to insert and update records. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 188
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about the write back template. 1. The write back template is an XML-formatted file that contains SQL statements that are needed to insert and update records in the write back table and columns. 2. To ensure that write back works correctly, you must include (in the WebMessage element of the file) the name of the SQL template that you will specify when you create the write back table. al 3. You can create only one write back template for each ntre Mo Oracle BI Server instance. A DB ฺ 4. You must specify the connection pool along c with the SQL n I commands to insert and update records. bec
ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 189
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 All columns in an analysis are automatically enabled for write back by default. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 190
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution All columns in an analysis are automatically enabled for write back by default. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 191
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 24: Performing a Patch Merge
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 192
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Identify the incorrect statement about creating a patch. 1. In a patch merge, you create a patch that contains the differences between the current repository file and the original repository file. 2. You apply the patch file to the current repository file. 3. In a development-to-production scenario, you have an original parent file, a current file that contains the latest development changes, and a modified file that is the al e r deployed copy of the original file. t on M 4. To generate a patch, you open the current file, select BA the D original file, and then create the patch. cฺ
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 193
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Identify the incorrect statement about creating a patch. 1. In a patch merge, you create a patch that contains the differences between the current repository file and the original repository file. 2. You apply the patch file to the current repository file. 3. In a development-to-production scenario, you have an original parent file, a current file that contains the latest development changes, and a modified file that is the al e r deployed copy of the original file. t on M 4. To generate a patch, you open the current file, select BA the D original file, and then create the patch. cฺ
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C ver
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 194
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Which of the following is not a step to perform a patch merge? 1. Compare current and original repositories. 2. Equalize objects. 3. Compare current and modified repositories. 4. Create a patch. 5. Apply the patch. 6. Make merge decisions.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 195
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Which of the following is not a step to perform a patch merge? 1. Compare current and original repositories. 2. Equalize objects. 3. Compare current and modified repositories. 4. Create a patch. 5. Apply the patch. 6. Make merge decisions.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 196
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3
You create a patch file in the Merge Repositories dialog box. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 197
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution You create a patch file in the Merge Repositories dialog box. • True • False. You create a patch file by clicking the Create Patch button in the “Compare repositories” dialog box.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 198
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4
You apply a patch by using the Merge Repository Wizard. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 199
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution
You apply a patch by using the Merge Repository Wizard. • True • False
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 200
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 25: Configuring Logical Columns for Multicurrency Support
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 201
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 You can configure presentation columns so that Oracle BI users can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency columns in analyses and dashboards. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 202
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution You can configure presentation columns so that Oracle BI users can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency columns in analyses and dashboards. • True • False. You can configure logical columns so that Oracle BI users can select the currency in which they prefer to view currency columns in analyses and dashboards.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 203
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Which of the following is not a step in configuring multicurrency support? • Modify the user preferences currency file. • Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY session variable. • •
Create presentation columns with currency conversions. Edit a logical column to use a conversion factor.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 204
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Which of the following is not a step in configuring multicurrency support? • Modify the user preferences currency file. • Create a PREFERRED_CURRENCY session variable. • •
Create presentation columns with currency conversions. Edit a logical column to use a conversion factor.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 205
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 If multicurrency conversion is configured correctly, a Currency drop-down list is visible in My Account. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 206
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution If multicurrency conversion is configured correctly, a Currency drop-down list is visible in My Account. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 207
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 To create an analysis with the user’s preferred currency, set Currency Symbol to User’s Preferred Currency on the Data Format tab in Column Properties. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 208
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution To create an analysis with the user’s preferred currency, set Currency Symbol to User’s Preferred Currency on the Data Format tab in Column Properties. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 209
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Lesson 26: Using Administration Tool Utilities
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 210
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1 Which task cannot be performed using the Query Repository utility? 1. Examine and update the internal structure of the repository. 2. Query for objects in the repository based on object type . 3. Edit or delete objects. 4. Monitor repository session activity.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 211
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 1: Solution Which task cannot be performed using the Query Repository utility? 1. Examine and update the internal structure of the repository. 2. Query for objects in the repository based on object type . 3. Edit or delete objects. 4. Monitor repository session activity.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 212
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2 Why do you use the Repository Documentation utility? 1. To automate the process of replacing physical columns or tables in logical table sources 2. To view reports that show such items as all tables mapped to a logical source, all references to a particular physical column, content filters for logical sources, initialization blocks, and security and user permissions 3. To document mappings from presentation columns to the al e r corresponding logical and physical columns t on M 4. To show variables and their values for a selectedBsession A
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 213
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 2: Solution Why do you use the Repository Documentation utility? 1. To automate the process of replacing physical columns or tables in logical table sources 2. To view reports that show such items as all tables mapped to a logical source, all references to a particular physical column, content filters for logical sources, initialization blocks, and security and user permissions 3. To document mappings from presentation columns to the al e r corresponding logical and physical columns t on M 4. To show variables and their values for a selectedBsession A
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 214
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3 Why do you use the Generate Metadata Dictionary utility? 1. To document mappings from presentation columns to the corresponding logical and physical columns 2. To automate the process of replacing physical columns or tables in logical table sources 3. To create a set of static XML documents that describe each metadata object, including its properties and its relationships with other metadata objects al e r t 4. To identify a table as an Oracle BI event polling table on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 215
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 3: Solution Why do you use the Generate Metadata Dictionary utility? 1. To document mappings from presentation columns to the corresponding logical and physical columns 2. To automate the process of replacing physical columns or tables in logical table sources 3. To create a set of static XML documents that describe each metadata object, including its properties and its relationships with other metadata objects al e r t 4. To identify a table as an Oracle BI event polling table on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 216
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4 The Update Physical Layer Wizard enables you to update database objects in the Physical layer of a repository based on their current definitions in the back-end database. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 217
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Question 4: Solution The Update Physical Layer Wizard enables you to update database objects in the Physical layer of a repository based on their current definitions in the back-end database. • True • False
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories 27 - 218
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Optimizing Query Performance
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Objective After completing this appendix, you should be able to identify techniques to optimize Oracle BI query performance.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Challenge Poor query performance of BI tools is the biggest obstacle to end-user adoption and satisfaction: • Business users expect near-instantaneous query responses. • Users waiting for results for more than 5–10 seconds seek other alternatives. • Users are more tolerant when results are valuable or rare. • Most users do not overtly complain and silently defect. al e r t • Users may defect even if there is no other credible source on M A and may rely on soft, fallible data, instinct, or bestBguess. D cฺ of • Exponential growth of data adds to the challenge n I c e maintaining performance. b e
Qu lyฺ 2 97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Business Challenge ive n The biggest obstacle to end-user adoption of any business intelligence (BI) tool is the inability to e U strong l c ensure consistently query performance. Business users have high expectations of neara r O instantaneous query responses and low tolerance when their expectations are not met. Additionally, users are not very sympathetic to the technical challenges inherent in servicing dynamic, ad hoc BI environments.
Users are generally more tolerant of performance with particularly compelling or exclusive content than with the ordinary. Frustrated users generally do not complain, but they choose not to return over time. This “quiet defection” is particularly apt in BI tool deployments, in which business users tend to be highly creative with multiple back-door channels to information. BI users move quickly and silently to softer, more fallible data when their needs are not being met. This is especially true when query performance expectations are not being met. Compounding the challenge of maintaining performance is the exponential growth of stored data. Some analysts estimate that application data volume will increase by 125% per year. While it is necessary to make this data accessible, the majority of data is not actively used. In fact, as the historical data itself ages, the need for elaborate details diminishes increasingly.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution •
Establish realistic performance expectations. – Four-second to five-second refresh rates are a reasonable performance cap goal for most BI content.
•
Monitor end-user query habits. – Requests returning large numbers of records indicate that users are running “extracts” and building offline information silos.
•
Be proactive with performance.
l
– Include an overtly specified, comprehensive performance trea n optimization stage in every implementation project. Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C Business Solutionver i n One key to managing end-user query performance is establishing realistic expectations. Business e U demand lalways c users a will instantaneous query performance. However, the actual difference r O sub-second and sub-five-second query response times is often negligible to the majority between of end users. Conversely, the perceived difference between five-second and ten-second response times can be profound. BI tools are most effective when supporting “speed of thought” analysis, meaning that the performance latency results for one analysis should not negatively affect subsequent analysis accessed via drilling. Business users are generally accustomed to the latency built into refreshing browser pages while surfing the Web. Faster is almost always better, but four-second to fivesecond refresh rates are a reasonable performance cap goal for most BI content. Another important step is to monitor end-user query habits. A warning sign of defection from enduser adoption is an increased use of requests returning large numbers of records. This indicates that users are running “extracts,” building and consolidating offline information silos (spreadsheet applications, departmental data marts, and so on) outside the approved, consistent, and centralized information repository.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Business Solution (continued) It is also best to be proactive when addressing performance needs. Perhaps the most effective means of proactively managing query performance is to mandate and budget tasks solely targeted at query-performance optimization in all release cycles. Many integrators claim their methodologies seamlessly thread performance tasks throughout requirements, design, and build stages. However, performance issues are too often considered at the end of the process or as an afterthought. In these cases, query performance issues become apparent only after end users have experienced problems. This can cause project slippage and negative first impressions that are difficult to overcome. Project plans without explicitly called-out performance optimization tasks should be treated with a great deal of skepticism.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 5
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Oracle BI Features That Optimize Performance Embedded Oracle BI features and functions optimize end-user query performance: • Intelligent query generation • Aggregate navigation • Data source function shipping • Multipass SQL generation • Platform-specific SQL/MDX optimization al • Clustering e r t n • Query caching Mo
A
B D ฺ c
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Oracle BI Features iveThat Optimize Performance n The Oracle BIU Edition suite of tools is built with attention given to optimizing end-user le Enterprise c querya performance. Many performance optimization features and functions exist in the platform, Or (but not limited to) those listed in the slide. including If Oracle BI EE metadata is configured correctly, end-user query issues are generally bound by the technical limitations of the underlying data sources. Therefore, the most effective means of optimizing end-user query performance is to deploy a comprehensive aggregate summarization process. This performance optimization technique and others are discussed in the following slides.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 6
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Optimizing Query Performance • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using aggregates Using aggregate navigation Constraining results using a WHERE clause Caching Limiting the number of initialization blocks Limiting select table types Modeling dimension hierarchies correctly Turning off logging Setting query limits BA D Pushing calculations to the database cฺ n I c layer e Exposing materialized views in the Physical b ue ฺ Q Using database hints ly 2
l
a e r t on
M
97 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Repository Optimizing QueryvPerformance: i e n There are many optimization steps that can be taken during and after an e U query performance limplementation. c OracleaBI Most of these steps have already been covered in this course. The Or of this appendix is to revisit and explain these topics in the context of query performance purpose optimization. Each topic is discussed in this context in subsequent slides. Note: The topics discussed in this appendix concern only those steps that can be taken in Oracle BI EE. They do not address issues related to hardware memory; back-end databases; extraction, transformation, and loading (ETL) software; network bandwidth; or the impact of various computing architectures, topologies, memory sizes, CPUs, and so on.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 7
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Aggregates Improves performance by enabling Oracle BI Server to generate queries against smaller, summarized tables Sales (fact) aggregated to Sales Rep, Product Type, and Month levels
Customer (dimension) aggregated to Sales Rep level
Product (dimension) aggregated to Type level
l
a e r t on
Time (dimension) aggregated to Month level
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t si Co Using Aggregatesver i ntables U Using aggregate is the one of the most important strategies for boosting the query e in the Oracle l c performance BI environment. While the need for creating and maintaining a r O aggregates is easy to understand, using aggregates is often not effectively implemented or not implemented at all for various reasons. Because aggregates are summaries of the detailed fact tables at higher levels along the dimension hierarchies, aggregate tables have fewer rows than the base tables, resulting in improved query performance when Oracle BI Server uses the aggregate (smaller) table to satisfy the query. Because the fact table can join with multiple dimension tables, it is possible to create aggregates at a variety of levels. Creating the right amount of aggregates with appropriate levels is a trial and error exercise that requires you to analyze the nature of queries, including how results are reported and what levels. Having too many aggregates is as bad as having none. Typically, the aggregate tables should compress the detailed fact table data by a significant degree and should not result in significant storage need or process need to populate the aggregate tables.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Aggregate Navigation Improves performance by enabling Oracle BI Server to transparently intercept queries and rewrite them to optimized data sources Use the logical table source Content tab to define aggregation content.
l
a e r t on
M A Oracle BI Server chooses the DB source ฺ mostceconomical when n I there are several sources from c
e which to choose. b e u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Using Aggregate Navigation ive n Aggregate summarization is the process of aggregating and storing records into smaller and more eU l c efficient data structures optimized for query processing. Performance gains can be realized with a r O the right aggregate summarization deployment by reducing the time it takes to process any given query request. Aggregate navigation is the ability of Oracle BI Server to transparently intercept queries and rewrite them to optimized data sources built through an aggregate summarization process.
Every fact logical table source needs to be defined with aggregation content to ensure that Oracle BI Server chooses the most economical source when there are several sources to choose from. The aggregation content allows Oracle BI Server to pick the aggregate table (if there is one) instead of the detailed fact table without the need to explicitly specify the table name in the query. If there is more than one logical table source with identical aggregation contents, the most economical source is determined by the logical size of the fact table source, which is determined by the combined “number of elements at this level” property of the levels of the aggregate content. If a logical table source does not contain aggregation content, Oracle BI Server assumes that the logical table source is at the lowest (detailed) level. In that case, it is good practice to define aggregation content for the logical tables source at the detail level. Although it is possible to define the aggregation content by logical level or by column, you should always define the aggregation content by logical level.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Constraining Results by Using a WHERE Clause Improves performance by limiting the rows returned from a data source
l
Use the WHERE clause filter on the Content tab of the logical table source to limit the rows returned from the database.
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t sbyi UsingCaoWHERE Clause r Constraining Results e iv nsource U If a logical table contains unwanted data or data that you would not typically use in a lethe WHERE clause c report,ause filter on the Content tab of the logical table source to limit the rows r O from the database. Because constraints in the WHERE clause are made on the physical returned tables on the source, it is helpful if indexes are defined on the columns that are used as constraints in the WHERE clause.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Caching Improves performance by fulfilling a query from a local cache as opposed to processing the query through a data source
1. User’s query request is translated into logical request. Logical request 2. The metadata is searched to identify a match (cache hit). 3. If there is a match, results are retrieved from the cache and sent to the user.
Caching
Oracle BI Server
Cache metadata (cache hit?)
No
4. If there is a cache miss, the request is queried against the database. Results are stored in the cache and sent to the user.
Server database
Query cache
Results sent to the user
l
a e r t on
Yes
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
Caching is one of the most important strategies you can use to improve query performance and reduce computing resource demand of Oracle BI Server. Caching eliminates unnecessary database processing because pre-computed results are stored in a local cache. It improves query performance by fulfilling a query from the cache, as opposed to searching through the database. It also conserves network resources by avoiding a connection to the database server.
c a r O
Caching does not guarantee a solution to all performance problems; it should therefore not be relied on to overcome the limitations of a poorly designed repository. Caching is meant for Oracle BI Server to reuse cache results from a large number of small queries. Caching should be enabled and configured in the production environment. For best performance, the cache storage directories should reside on the local disk or dedicated drives. Set the maximum number of rows for any cache entry (MAX_ROWS_PER_CACHE_ENTRY) and the maximum number of cache entries (MAX_CACHE_ENTRIES) parameters to avoid using up the cache space with runaway queries that return large number of rows. Cache management strategies should be in place, including prepopulating the cache using cache-seeding techniques (such as iBots) provided by Oracle BI Server and keeping the cache up to date using cache-purging techniques.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Limiting the Number of Initialization Blocks Improves performance because initialization block queries are executed when Oracle BI Server is started and when users log in to the server
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o Blocks siInitialization r C Limiting the Number of e nivare the only means to initialize dynamic repository, system session, and nonU Initialization blocks le variables, but care should be taken not to create too many of them. In the case of csession system a r O repository variables, the SQL in the initialization blocks is executed every time the server dynamic is started or periodically if a schedule is set up to refresh the value of the variable. In the case of system and non-system session variables, the initialization blocks are executed every time a user logs in to the server. Initialization blocks for repository variables can also have a refresh interval that adds a recurrent overhead.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 12
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Limiting Select Table Types Improves performance because it: • Reduces the number of SELECT statements executed by Oracle BI Server • May avoid lengthy SQL queries
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Limiting Select Table Types e niv Select tableU types (opaque views) in the Physical layer can perform a vital function in some cle when defining a table as a Select type, avoid long SQL statements that may cases.aHowever, r O performance. It is also a good idea to limit the number of Select tables in the Physical affect
layer because the associated SELECT statement is executed every time by the server, which could affect overall performance. The Select table type can be replaced with a physical table or view in the database.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 13
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Modeling Logical Dimension Hierarchies Correctly Improves performance by ensuring that Oracle BI Server chooses the most economical source
With multiple aggregate sources, specify the number of elements for each level.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi Co Modeling Logical v Dimension Hierarchies Correctly e i n U hierarchies must be modeled accurately to ensure that the Oracle BI optimizer Logical dimension e most l c chooses the economical source. When there are multiple aggregate logical table sources, a r Onumber of elements for each level must be specified. The number does not have to be exact, the The number does not have to be exact, but ratios of numbers from one parent to child logical level should be accurate.
but ratios of number from one parent to child logical level should be accurate. All levels except the Grand Total level need to be defined with at least one column from the dimension table. However, it is not necessary to explicitly associate all the columns from the dimension table with logical levels. Columns that are not associated with a logical level are automatically associated with the lowest level in the dimension that corresponds to that dimension table.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 14
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Turning Off Logging Improves performance in a production environment because Oracle BI Server does not generate log files
Logging level
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Turning Off Logging e nivis disabled by default because it can affect the performance of Oracle BI U The logging facility clecan create large log files. Although logging can be used to test and troubleshoot Serveraand r O problematic queries, it should not be enabled in a production environment, especially for the Administrator user, because repository variable initialization blocks are logged to the Administrator. If you decide to enable logging, consider creating a separate Administrator user with a logging level of 2, which allows the user to debug using the query log and should provide enough logging information in most cases. Logging levels greater than 2 should not be used because of the possibility of a severe impact on query performance in a large user environment. Logging levels greater than 2 are typically used only by Oracle technical support.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 15
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Setting Query Limits Improves performance by enabling Oracle BI Server to track and cancel runaway queries
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Setting Query Limits e niv In addition to U limiting the maximum number of rows being returned by Oracle BI Presentation e can also enable Oracle BI Server to track and cancel runaway queries by placing clyou Services, a r O limits on the repository for a given user or application role. For each user or application various role, it is possible to limit queries by varying conditions: • Maximum number of rows that a query can retrieve from a database • Maximum time that a query can run on a database • Restricting access to a database during particular time periods from Oracle BI Server Note that limits can be set by user or application role and by database. Oracle recommends setting limits by application role. Note that with some “databases” such as Excel, more processing may have to be done by Oracle BI Server because fewer operations can be function-shipped to the database. This means that limits should not be made too low.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 16
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Pushing Calculations to the Database Improves performance by automatically pushing certain operations to the database based on database feature entries
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o stoi the Database r C Pushing Calculations e nisivintelligently designed to take maximum advantage of a database’s processing U Oracle BI Server clewhen it knows that the database can process certain operations more efficiently than it resources a r Oprocess the same operations. Oracle BI Server automatically determines this based on can database feature table entries, compensates for the database’s lack of functionality, and pulls back appropriate data for postprocessing before returning the result set to the user. By modeling the repository accurately and adjusting the default database feature table entries for a database, you should be able to achieve a combined optimal performance of both Oracle BI Server and the database.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 17
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Exposing Materialized Views in the Physical Layer Improves performance because exposing materialized views explicitly guarantees that Oracle BI Server chooses the most economical table source to satisfy a query
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o Physical Layer sViews r C Exposing Materialized in the e nivare schema objects that are used to compute and store aggregated data such U Materialized views le averages. If materialized views are used in the database, they should be exposed in cand as sums a r OPhysical layer of the repository and modeled as regular aggregate tables. Because the materialized views are hidden objects, Oracle BI Server has to rely on the query optimizer of the database for query rewrites to use correct materialized views. Exposing them explicitly guarantees that Oracle BI Server chooses the most economical table source to satisfy a query.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 18
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Using Database Hints Improves performance because hints force the database query optimizer to execute the statement in a more efficient way
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Using Database Hints e niv placed within a SQL statement that tell the data source query optimizer the Hints are instructions U le way to execute the statement. Hints override the optimizer's execution plan, so you most efficient chints a r can use to improve performance by forcing the optimizer to use a more efficient plan. Hints O
are supported for Oracle Database data sources only. Using the Administration Tool, you can add hints to a repository, in both online and offline modes, to optimize the performance of queries. When you add a hint to the repository, you associate it with Physical layer objects. When the object associated with the hint is queried, Oracle BI Server inserts the hint into the SQL statement. Hints that are well researched and planned can result in significantly better query performance. However, hints can also negatively affect performance if they result in a suboptimal execution plan. Use the following guidelines to create hints to optimize query performance: • Add hints to a repository only after you have tried to improve performance in the following ways: - Added physical indexes (or other physical changes) to the Oracle database - Made modeling changes within the server • Avoid creating hints for physical table and join objects that are queried often. If you drop or rename a physical object that is associated with a hint, you must alter the hints accordingly.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 19
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Summary In this appendix, you should have learned how to identify techniques to optimize Oracle BI query performance.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
Summary
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
Consult the Oracle Business Intelligence documentation for more information about the topics covered in this appendix.
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories A - 20
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Model First Development Methodology
a e r t on l
M A B
D ฺ c In
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Model First Development Methodology: Overview • • •
Recommended approach for developing Oracle BI repositories Driven by business analysis and usage history Iterative, top-down approach that focuses on the consolidation and abstraction of core business requirements irrespective of the underlying physical architecture: – – – –
Build business model first. al e r Integrate with underlying physical architecture. t on M Quickly deploy baseline to end users. BA D ฺ Pursue iterative development based on user c feedback.
In c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C Model First Development Overview ver Methodology: i n Developers using U a top-down, model first approach start with the business requirements, prioritize e l actual business use cases, and then methodically drill down to the technical details. c a r This O top-down approach is generally regarded as a macro view of the issues related to
development, based on business drivers and users, and driven by business analysis. This is opposed to bottom-up analysis, which starts at the physical sources, catalogues technical details (databases, tables, columns, and so on), and then rationalizes the details into categories that attempt to match historical end-user usage patterns and business activities. Bottom-up analysis is an appropriate performance analysis technique for highly repeatable, static events, but it falls short in dynamic, ad hoc environments in which usage is less predictable. It is entirely possible for a thorough performance optimization process driven by a bottom-up analysis to become obsolete within days or weeks as the business adapts to differing views of the data. The main objective of the model first development approach is to build the desired business model first. This ensures that functional and inherent performance requirements are addressed by the logical integration and augmentation of the physical architecture. This approach enables developers to quickly get a reasonable baseline business model in front of users, and then pursue iterative development based on user feedback.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 2
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Central Tenets of the Model First Development Methodology •
Rapid prototyping – Leverage actual subsets or fictitious physical data stores and manageable data volumes to reduce performance issues during development.
•
Iterative development and user feedback – Leverage prototypes for demos and hands-on sandboxes. – Rollout augmented models frequently. – Demonstrate responsiveness to feedback.
•
– Map the business model to actual physical sources. A – Manage scope and expectations accordingly. DB
•
l
a e r t on
Gap analysis
M
cฺ
In way Gather performance requirements alongcthe be
– Identify patterns of use, data granularity, ue ฺ user groups, and Q security constraints. 72 only
49 se 9 u 18 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s C Central Tenets of v Methodology er First Development i Model n U A model first methodology should employ rapid prototyping of the repository business model by eactual l c leveraging subsets or fictitious physical data sources and manageable data volumes. This a r O eliminate performance issues during development. After a prototype is built and delivered to helps users, iterative development should continue based on user feedback. This iterative development should ensure that augmented business models are rolled out frequently and that they demonstrate responsiveness to user feedback. During this process, developers must perform gap analysis to map the business model to actual physical data sources. Since there will be gaps, it is important to manage project scope and expectations accordingly. Developers should also gather performance requirements along the way by identifying patterns of use, data granularity, user roles and groups, and security constraints.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 3
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Baseline Performance Analysis Enables you to analyze performance requirements better and discuss them with business users: • Catalog and enumerate all users, roles, job titles, and objectives. • Obtain a detailed organization chart of the business intelligence (BI) users and organizations. • Identify mandated security model guidelines. • Collect row counts for all tables (facts and dimensions) as al re t well as dimension-level cardinality. n o
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sAnalysis r C Baseline Performance e niv It is importantU to perform a baseline performance analysis. The output of a top-down performance cle analysis is a rationalized and prioritized framework of dimensions, levels, and optimization a r O measures from which to build and map aggregate summary objects. Upfront analysis of the key data points in the slide prepares you to discuss performance requirements with users better. From these four straightforward data inputs, it is often possible to pull together a workable framework that can be implemented across large user bases. Natural groupings become apparent from the user, role, title, and objectives profile. Groups are easily organized via similar objectives. Key dimensions and levels can quickly surface. Organization charts, when held up to user groups, often overtly expose key dimension and levels such as geographic or product alignments and provide candidates for summaries.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 4
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Baseline Performance Analysis (continued) Security requirements show the required dimensionality for record filtering and can even eliminate entire groups from aggregate summary analysis due to highly restrictive data access requirements. Records counts and cardinality are instrumental in calculating record compression and validating aggregate summary prototypes. Without significant compression, the aggregate summaries may prove too time-intensive to build or not worth the effort.
l
a e r t on
M A B
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v
D ฺ c In
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 5
Dimension 5
Dimension 4
Dimension 3
Dimension 2
Dimension 1
Create a dimensional matrix that places business processes (facts) along one axis and dimensionality along the other.
Business processes
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Defining the Business Model: Dimensional Matrix
l
Fact 1
a e r t on
Fact 2 Fact 3 Fact 4
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b Fact 5 ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t i o sModel: r C Defining the Business Dimensional Matrix e iv n U usable tools in rationalizing BI users’ requirements is a dimensional matrix. This One of the most etwo-dimensional l c is a simple matrix that places business processes (facts) along one axis and a r O
dimensionality along the other. It provides a visual medium to ground discussions. Before beginning development, you gather business requirements in terms of dimensions and measures, identify business processes, and determine key performance indicators. The output of a top-down analysis is a rationalized and prioritized framework of dimensions, levels, and measures from which to build and map aggregate summary objects.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 6
X
Service
X
Geography
Forecast
Product
X
Organization
Sales
Account
Time
A business model is a completed matrix that resembles the following graphic, with X denoting key dimensions for a given business process and O denoting minor dimensionality.
Business processes
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Dimensional Matrix: Example
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
l
a e r t on
D Frequently ฺ c In X
cO e b e Activities X X O Qu O yฺ 2 onl 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e niv U le Orders
X
X
O
X
O
M A B
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 7
Sometimes Never
Each business process is individually rationalized against the dimensional hierarchies and the user roles to which they apply.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
l
City
X
State
X
Country
X
Region
X
O
Geography
SKU
X
Product Line
Forecast
Level 0 Position
X
Level 1 Position
X
Level 2 Position
X
Product
Level 3 Position
Month
Sales
Organization
Day
Quarter
Time
Year
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Drill to Levels for More-Detailed Performance Requirements
a e r t on
M A B O O
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q Sales Manager Role 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t rsi detailed CoPerformance Requirements Drill to Levels ForvMore e ni U Each business process is individually rationalized against the dimensional hierarchies and the cleto which it applies. Matrix tools such as this are highly useful in keeping performance user roles a r O
requirements focused on key aspects and ultimately providing a concise, documented design for an aggregate summary model.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 8
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Focus on the Business Model Focus on the business model rather than the presentation: • Ad hoc reports are typically used once and are not pervasive. • Existing reports are useful only when abstracted for their dimension and measure objects.
l
a e r t on
M A B
D ฺ c In
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C e v
i
n U le
c a r O
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 9
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Leverage Oracle BI “Legless” Applications •
Oracle BI Applications are complete, prebuilt BI solutions: – The prebuilt Oracle BI Applications repository contains business models that can be mapped to different physical data sources. – Value can be realized without Oracle Business Analytic Warehouse and ETL components.
•
Redefine the Oracle BI Application Physical layer objects by using the “opaque view” feature: – Deploy opaque views via BI Server Administrator as BA necessary. D ฺ – Materialize as required. Inc
l
a e r t on
– Use SELECT statements.
M
c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 1 and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A C ฺ d an llege y t o si r C Leverage Oracle BI “Legless” Applications e iv nIntelligence U Oracle Business Applications are complete, prebuilt BI solutions that deliver intuitive, eintelligence for everyone l c role-based in an organization to enable better decisions, actions, and a r O processes. Based on best practices, these solutions enable you to gain greater insight business and value from a range of data sources and applications, including Oracle E-Business Suite, PeopleSoft, Siebel, and third-party systems such as SAP. Oracle BI Applications are built on the Oracle BI platform. Thus, the prebuilt Oracle BI Applications repository contains prebuilt business models that can be mapped to different physical data sources. These “legless” applications enable organizations to realize the value of a packaged BI application, such as rapid deployment, lower total cost of ownership (TCO), and built-in best practices, while also being able to extend those solutions easily to meet specific needs. You also have the option to build completely custom BI applications, as you did in this course, all on one common BI foundation.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 10
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
Use Oracle BI Data Mart Automation The Aggregate Persistence Wizard automates the aggregate summary process. • Use this wizard-driven utility in the Administration Tool to define, populate, store, and map aggregated data stores: – Choose the measures that should be aggregated. – Choose the dimensions and levels to be aggregated to. – Select the data sources in which to physically store the aggregate summaries.
•
al
Create query performance improvement over normalized,ntre o transaction-level physical schemas. AM
B
D ฺ c n
I c e eb u Q lyฺ 2 7 9 e on 4 us 189and/or Copyright © 2011,9Oracle its affiliates. All rights reserved. A nd egeฺC a y ll t i o s r C Use Oracle BI Data iveMart Automation n As you saw inU the lesson titled “Using Aggregates,” the Aggregate Persistence Wizard automates e summary l c the aggregate process. On completion of the wizard, a template is generated to be a r O
deployed and scheduled with the Oracle BI Scheduler or the customer’s scheduling tool of preference. Aggregate summaries are the most effective and scalable way to pervasively manage end-user query performance.
Oracle BI 11g R1: Build Repositories B - 11
OracleWDP_ww@oracleฺcom and Development is in violation Program of Oracle (WDP) copyrightฺ if youeKit have materials Allnot WDP received are students provided yourmust personalized forreceive WDP in-class an eKitฺ eKit watermarked use onlyฺ Copying with their eKit materials name andisemailฺ strictlyCon pr
a e r t on l
M A B
i
c a r O n U le c e b ue ฺ Q 2 only 7 9 4 se 9 u 8 91 ฺCA d an llege y t o si r C e v D ฺ c In